kernel/linux
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/ synced 2026-09-26 18:16:26 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Packages Activity
linux/include/net/mac80211.h

5939 lines
231 KiB
Raw Permalink Normal View History

[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright notice. For files that we have modified in the time since the change, add the proper copyright notice now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-03 15:24:57 +03:00
mac80211: Add support for BSS max idle period element Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive when required. The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016, section 9.4.2.79 Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 10:58:47 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just expecting it to be implicitly present. We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have been causing compile failures/warnings. Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-11-23 20:12:59 -05:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: implement codel on fair queuing flows There is no other limit other than a global packet count limit when using software queuing. This means a single flow queue can grow insanely long. This is particularly bad for TCP congestion algorithms which requires a little more sophisticated frame dropping scheme than a mere headdrop on limit overflow. Hence apply (a slighly modified, to fit the knobs) CoDel5 on flow queues. This improves TCP convergence and stability when combined with wireless driver which keeps its own tx queue/fifo at a minimum fill level for given link conditions. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-19 10:37:51 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to generate P1K for IV32 In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given packet, but keep the packet-based version around as an inline. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 18:58:01 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211 takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never really had requirements on drivers for how they should use the workqueue in consideration for suspend. We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue: * ieee80211_queue_work() * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work() These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211 flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times, but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the suspend cycle. Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work in the mac80211 stop() callback. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-19 10:11:54 +01:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
device.h: audit and cleanup users in main include dir The <linux/device.h> header includes a lot of stuff, and it in turn gets a lot of use just for the basic "struct device" which appears so often. Clean up the users as follows: 1) For those headers only needing "struct device" as a pointer in fcn args, replace the include with exactly that. 2) For headers not really using anything from device.h, simply delete the include altogether. 3) For headers relying on getting device.h implicitly before being included themselves, now explicitly include device.h 4) For files in which doing #1 or #2 uncovers an implicit dependency on some other header, fix by explicitly adding the required header(s). Any C files that were implicitly relying on device.h to be present have already been dealt with in advance. Total removals from #1 and #2: 51. Total additions coming from #3: 9. Total other implicit dependencies from #4: 7. As of 3.3-rc1, there were 110, so a net removal of 42 gives about a 38% reduction in device.h presence in include/* Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2012-01-30 11:46:54 -05:00
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-30 18:51:21 +02:00
mac80211: stop queues temporarily for flushing Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of operation, which can lead to driver issues. Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to avoid transmitting new packets while they are being flushed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 12:25:28 +01:00
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-30 18:51:21 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: stop queues temporarily for flushing Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of operation, which can lead to driver issues. Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to avoid transmitting new packets while they are being flushed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 12:25:28 +01:00
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-30 18:51:21 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: defines for AC numbers In many places we've just hardcoded the AC numbers -- which is a relic from the original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants for them so we know what we're talking about. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-16 11:49:58 -08:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: give burst time in txop rather than 0.1msec units This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value. Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision if we just pass the txop value through to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-10 16:49:38 +01:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: fix a few typos in mac80211 kernel doc Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04:00
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params Multiple issues: - there are no "default" values needed - cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented - restructure to decrease size - use get_unaligned_le16 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-10 11:22:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: give burst time in txop rather than 0.1msec units This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value. Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision if we just pass the txop value through to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-10 16:49:38 +01:00
mac80211: indicate admission control in TX queue parameters Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this. As there's currently no support for admission control in mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the client implementation. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-07 09:53:30 +03:00
mac80211: fix mac80211.h documentation warnings There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params Multiple issues: - there are no "default" values needed - cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented - restructure to decrease size - use get_unaligned_le16 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-10 11:22:31 +02:00
mac80211: give burst time in txop rather than 0.1msec units This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value. Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision if we just pass the txop value through to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-10 16:49:38 +01:00
mac80211: fix struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params Multiple issues: - there are no "default" values needed - cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented - restructure to decrease size - use get_unaligned_le16 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-10 11:22:31 +02:00
mac80211: indicate admission control in TX queue parameters Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this. As there's currently no support for admission control in mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the client implementation. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-07 09:53:30 +03:00
mac80211: add U-APSD client support Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it possible to save even more power. Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported. Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running various test traffic with ping. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-12 10:42:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 11:39:59 +01:00
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 14:34:12 +02:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-11 20:14:01 +02:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 11:39:59 +01:00
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 14:34:12 +02:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-11 20:14:01 +02:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 11:39:59 +01:00
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-11 20:14:01 +02:00
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 14:34:12 +02:00
mac80211: Fix typo in mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-30 19:17:28 +01:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 11:39:59 +01:00
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-11 20:14:01 +02:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 14:34:12 +02:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
wireless: use __aligned Use __aligned(...) instead of __attribute__((aligned(...))) in mac80211 and cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-28 12:22:02 +01:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 14:33:12 +03:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211/cfg80211: Add BSS configuration options for AP mode This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd). The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the bss_info_changed() handler. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-07 20:07:01 +03:00
mac80211: eliminate conf_ht This patch eliminates the use of conf_ht, replacing it with bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-28 16:33:32 -07:00
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:57 +02:00
mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs: hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is rather confusing, even though the former is used when we beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to an AP. This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily. NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all drivers, some are updated in this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:10:04 +02:00
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:13:26 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try to figure it out based on other things, but making it explicit is definitely better. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-28 17:40:43 +02:00
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-09 13:43:26 +03:00
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info Ever since commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200 mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not. However, this is only relevant for station mode, since only then will any device send nullfunc frames and need to know whether they should be QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are (currently) no frames the device is supposed to send. When you now consider virtual interfaces, it becomes apparent that the current mechanism is inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has to be on a per-interface scale. Due to the above considerations, we can change the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting. Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-19 16:39:04 +02:00
mac80211: per interface idle notification Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or not the device is idle, but also per interface. This adds that reporting capability to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-05 17:02:38 +02:00
mac80211: provide SSID in IBSS mode Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality to also work in IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-10 13:19:13 +02:00
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a template. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-10 11:28:57 +02:00
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense. Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability to indicate ps change along with other changes (e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while the sta is already disconnected.) Keep the current per-device notifications, and add parallel per-vif notifications. In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps configuration is determined only by the user configuration (enable/disable) and the connection state, and is not affected by other vifs state and (temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations (unlike per-device ps). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-27 12:33:22 +03:00
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02:00
mac80211: pass P2P powersave parameters to driver While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave parameters to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-29 20:08:01 +01:00
mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms. Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02:00
mac80211: Use suitable semantics for beacon availability indication Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon availability indication. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> [fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 17:34:17 +03:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change, add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth() to take care of this. It returns a failure if the new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing channel context, the caller has to handle that. When it happens, also inform the driver that the bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no drivers would actually care today though.) Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-07 21:37:29 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11p OCB mode support This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode support. When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID (48 '1' bits) is used. The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support 802.11p specific values. The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion. The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode). New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-03 10:33:19 +01:00
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 16:04:31 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for BSS max idle period element Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive when required. The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016, section 9.4.2.79 Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 10:58:47 +03:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211/cfg80211: Add BSS configuration options for AP mode This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd). The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the bss_info_changed() handler. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-07 20:07:01 +03:00
mac80211: fix indentation Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-18 00:16:45 +02:00
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:57 +02:00
mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs: hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is rather confusing, even though the former is used when we beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to an AP. This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily. NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all drivers, some are updated in this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:10:04 +02:00
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:13:26 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try to figure it out based on other things, but making it explicit is definitely better. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-28 17:40:43 +02:00
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-09 13:43:26 +03:00
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info Ever since commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200 mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not. However, this is only relevant for station mode, since only then will any device send nullfunc frames and need to know whether they should be QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are (currently) no frames the device is supposed to send. When you now consider virtual interfaces, it becomes apparent that the current mechanism is inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has to be on a per-interface scale. Due to the above considerations, we can change the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting. Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-19 16:39:04 +02:00
mac80211: per interface idle notification Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or not the device is idle, but also per interface. This adds that reporting capability to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-05 17:02:38 +02:00
mac80211: add ssid config to bss information in AP-mode Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes in SSID to low level drivers. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-04 11:11:32 +03:00
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a template. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-10 11:28:57 +02:00
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense. Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability to indicate ps change along with other changes (e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while the sta is already disconnected.) Keep the current per-device notifications, and add parallel per-vif notifications. In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps configuration is determined only by the user configuration (enable/disable) and the connection state, and is not affected by other vifs state and (temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations (unlike per-device ps). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-27 12:33:22 +03:00
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02:00
mac80211: pass P2P powersave parameters to driver While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave parameters to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-29 20:08:01 +01:00
mac80211: Use suitable semantics for beacon availability indication Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon availability indication. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> [fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 17:34:17 +03:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change, add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth() to take care of this. It returns a failure if the new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing channel context, the caller has to handle that. When it happens, also inform the driver that the bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no drivers would actually care today though.) Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-07 21:37:29 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11p OCB mode support This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode support. When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID (48 '1' bits) is used. The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support 802.11p specific values. The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion. The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode). New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-03 10:33:19 +01:00
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 16:04:31 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for BSS max idle period element Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive when required. The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016, section 9.4.2.79 Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 10:58:47 +03:00
mac80211: fix BSS info reconfiguration When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may confuse drivers. Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out which things are going to be reconfigured. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 09:44:02 +02:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-09 13:43:26 +03:00
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 08:46:22 -07:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: notify the driver on reordering buffer timeout When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a good indication that something went wrong and the driver may want to know about that to take action or trigger debug flows. It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that is released. Notify each time the timer fires. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:38 +03:00
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 08:46:22 -07:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: notify the driver on reordering buffer timeout When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a good indication that something went wrong and the driver may want to know about that to take action or trigger debug flows. It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that is released. Notify each time the timer fires. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:38 +03:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 08:46:22 -07:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like: Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum! Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1 Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed make: *** [mandocs] Error 2 Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook warnings. Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-13 18:27:35 +02:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about association status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the association. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:36 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about deauth This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason of the deauth. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:37 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about association status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the association. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:36 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about deauth This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason of the deauth. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:37 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like: Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum! Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1 Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed make: *** [mandocs] Error 2 Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook warnings. Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-13 18:27:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: notify the driver on reordering buffer timeout When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a good indication that something went wrong and the driver may want to know about that to take action or trigger debug flows. It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that is released. Notify each time the timer fires. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:38 +03:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like: Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum! Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1 Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed make: *** [mandocs] Error 2 Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook warnings. Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-13 18:27:35 +02:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver on reordering buffer timeout When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a good indication that something went wrong and the driver may want to know about that to take action or trigger debug flows. It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that is released. Notify each time the timer fires. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:38 +03:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver about authentication status This can allow the driver to take action based on the success / failure of the authentication. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:35 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 16:04:31 +02:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try to figure it out based on other things, but making it explicit is definitely better. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-28 17:40:43 +02:00
mac80211: Notify new IBSS network creation Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4. Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to indicate creator/joiner mode. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-12 17:35:45 +05:30
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: remove short slot/short preamble incapable flags There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver could ever need to set these flags. The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the previous behaviour. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 20:15:49 +02:00
mac80211: wait for beacon before enabling powersave Because DTIM information is required for powersave but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon before enabling powersave, and change the way the information is conveyed to the driver accordingly. mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but requires the DTIM period in a different way; after talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do the parsing itself in the finalize_join work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-26 14:19:52 +01:00
mac80211: inform the driver about update of dtim_period Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period, mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association. This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the association, if they get it at all. To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM becomes known. This might be when changing to associated, or later when the entire association was done with only probe response information. Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period now, just not before association. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-12 10:12:24 +02:00
mac80211: Use suitable semantics for beacon availability indication Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon availability indication. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> [fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 17:34:17 +03:00
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02:00
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01:00
mac80211: Update beacon's timing and DTIM count on every beacon Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received. It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example, to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun. IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain callbacks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:00 +02:00
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02:00
mac80211: Update beacon's timing and DTIM count on every beacon Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received. It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example, to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun. IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain callbacks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:00 +02:00
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01:00
mac80211: Update beacon's timing and DTIM count on every beacon Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received. It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example, to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun. IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain callbacks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:00 +02:00
mac80211: add association capabilty and timing info into bss_conf This patch adds assocation capability, timestamp (tsf) and beacon interval to bss_conf. This is required for successful assocation of iwlwifi drivers Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-28 16:33:34 -07:00
mac80211: pass dtim_period to low level driver This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-18 13:52:59 +08:00
mac80211: inform driver of basic rateset Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:57 +02:00
mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers, in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-19 14:23:57 +03:00
cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling - store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value (reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath) - validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-22 20:58:24 +01:00
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:13:26 +02:00
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 11:39:59 +01:00
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 16:04:31 +02:00
wireless: rename ht_info to ht_operation Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009 some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most is that "HT operation" is called "HT information" in our code and that causes confusion. Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also the control_chan field to primary_chan to match the name used in the spec. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-15 19:45:16 +01:00
mac80211: protect non-HT BSS when HT TDLS traffic exists HT TDLS traffic should be protected in a non-HT BSS to avoid collisions. Therefore, when TDLS peers join/leave, check if protection is (now) needed and set the ht_operation_mode of the virtual interface according to the HT capabilities of the TDLS peer(s). This works because a non-HT BSS connection never sets (or otherwise uses) the ht_operation_mode; it just means that drivers must be aware that this field applies to all HT traffic for this virtual interface, not just the traffic within the BSS. Document that. Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-18 16:52:07 +03:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: clarify RSSI CQM reporting requirements The previous patch changed mac80211 to always report an event after a CQM RSSI reconfiguration. Document that as expected behaviour in both the cfg80211 and mac80211 API. Currently, iwlmvm already implements that behaviour; the other drivers implementing CQM RSSI events may have to be changed. This behaviour lets userspace know what the current state is without relying on querying the data which is racy. Reviewed-by: Sharon, Sara <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-22 17:35:14 +02:00
mac80211: Add set_cqm_rssi_range_config Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for that added in this patch. Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-10 04:50:22 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-09 13:43:26 +03:00
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 16:39:07 +01:00
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info Ever since commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200 mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not. However, this is only relevant for station mode, since only then will any device send nullfunc frames and need to know whether they should be QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are (currently) no frames the device is supposed to send. When you now consider virtual interfaces, it becomes apparent that the current mechanism is inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has to be on a per-interface scale. Due to the above considerations, we can change the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting. Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-19 16:39:04 +02:00
mac80211: per interface idle notification Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or not the device is idle, but also per interface. This adds that reporting capability to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-05 17:02:38 +02:00
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense. Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability to indicate ps change along with other changes (e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while the sta is already disconnected.) Keep the current per-device notifications, and add parallel per-vif notifications. In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps configuration is determined only by the user configuration (enable/disable) and the connection state, and is not affected by other vifs state and (temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations (unlike per-device ps). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-27 12:33:22 +03:00
mac80211: provide SSID in IBSS mode Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality to also work in IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-10 13:19:13 +02:00
mac80211: add ssid config to bss information in AP-mode Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes in SSID to low level drivers. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-04 11:11:32 +03:00
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02:00
mac80211: enable TPC through mac80211 stack Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 12:55:08 +01:00
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [fix docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-21 15:47:56 +01:00
mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms. Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for BSS max idle period element Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive when required. The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016, section 9.4.2.79 Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 10:58:47 +03:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:13:26 +02:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try to figure it out based on other things, but making it explicit is definitely better. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-28 17:40:43 +02:00
mac80211: Notify new IBSS network creation Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4. Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to indicate creator/joiner mode. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-12 17:35:45 +05:30
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211/cfg80211: Add BSS configuration options for AP mode This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd). The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the bss_info_changed() handler. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-07 20:07:01 +03:00
mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:13:26 +02:00
mac80211: pass dtim_period to low level driver This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-18 13:52:59 +08:00
mac80211: add association capabilty and timing info into bss_conf This patch adds assocation capability, timestamp (tsf) and beacon interval to bss_conf. This is required for successful assocation of iwlwifi drivers Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-28 16:33:34 -07:00
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02:00
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01:00
wireless: restrict to 32 legacy rates Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and change the variables to u32 throughout. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-21 15:13:48 +01:00
mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers, in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-19 14:23:57 +03:00
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
mac80211: move HT operation mode BSS info There really is no need to have a separate struct for a single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 20:47:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: Add set_cqm_rssi_range_config Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for that added in this patch. Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-10 04:50:22 +01:00
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 11:39:59 +01:00
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 16:04:31 +02:00
mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211 workqueue. This is what happens: [ 92.026800] ======================================================= [ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] [ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85 [ 92.030507] ------------------------------------------------------- [ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock: [ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq ueue+0x0/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock: [ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock. [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 92.030507] [ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}: [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0 [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211] [ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211] The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver when needed. The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need to be changed in the future. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-09 13:43:26 +03:00
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 16:39:07 +01:00
mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info Ever since commit e1b3ec1a2a336c328c336cfa5485a5f0484cc90d Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200 mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not. However, this is only relevant for station mode, since only then will any device send nullfunc frames and need to know whether they should be QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are (currently) no frames the device is supposed to send. When you now consider virtual interfaces, it becomes apparent that the current mechanism is inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has to be on a per-interface scale. Due to the above considerations, we can change the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting. Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-19 16:39:04 +02:00
mac80211: per interface idle notification Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or not the device is idle, but also per interface. This adds that reporting capability to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-05 17:02:38 +02:00
mac80211: add PS flag to bss_conf Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense. Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability to indicate ps change along with other changes (e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while the sta is already disconnected.) Keep the current per-device notifications, and add parallel per-vif notifications. In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps configuration is determined only by the user configuration (enable/disable) and the connection state, and is not affected by other vifs state and (temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations (unlike per-device ps). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-27 12:33:22 +03:00
mac80211: add ssid config to bss information in AP-mode Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes in SSID to low level drivers. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-04 11:11:32 +03:00
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02:00
mac80211: enable TPC through mac80211 stack Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 12:55:08 +01:00
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [fix docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-21 15:47:56 +01:00
mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms. Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for BSS max idle period element Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive when required. The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016, section 9.4.2.79 Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 10:58:47 +03:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control_flags and HT flags This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside ieee80211_tx_control for better readability. The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers: - IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates - IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection - IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels - IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width - IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to switch easily to any 11n rate representation. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-04 18:09:26 -08:00
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-02 18:09:12 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: request TX status where needed Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only the injected frames need TX status (the latter for hostapd) so move setting this flag. The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but they don't require it. Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and seems to require it being set for all frames, but that can be fixed in rt2x00. This doesn't really change anything for any drivers but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may opt to not report TX status for frames that don't have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-19 01:08:30 +01:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: document TX powersave filter requirements This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:28:09 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: add block ack request capability This patch adds block ack request capability Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-01 14:16:03 +03:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: Fix tx queue handling during scans Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211 queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues. To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason, IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues. This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag, IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-11 11:21:07 -06:00
mac80211: fix aggregation to not require queue stop Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation (which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb queue once aggregation is turned on successfully. We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in a follow-up patch. This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being established, but only after it has been fully established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-23 17:28:41 +01:00
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption is used. Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also fixes a problem where frames for that particular station could be reordered when some were still on the software queues and older ones are re-injected into the software queue after them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-07 21:58:37 +02:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01:00
mac80211: allow DMA optimisation If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This patch allows implementation such an optimisation by telling the driver when more frames can be expected. Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented frames, but could also be used in the future on other frames when the queue was full and there are multiple frames pending. Note that drivers need to be careful when using this flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets full so that progress can be made. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:42:15 +02:00
mac80211: re-enable re-transmission of filtered frames In an earlier commit, mac80211: disable software retry for now Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns out that we've never done that correctly, but due to some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've added a comment in the patch that explains the problem better and also points to possible solutions -- which I can't implement right now. I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames because it was broken. With the work of the previous patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't be modified, but still running it through the transmit handlers to populate the control information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-17 01:47:59 +01:00
mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status When sending authentication/association frames they might take a bit of time to go out because we may have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too short if the beacon interval is relatively large. For drivers that report TX status we can do better. Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it only when the frame status arrives. Since then the frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait 100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted try again right away instead of waiting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-29 15:02:27 +01:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: add LDPC control flag LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm for each buffer the the tx_info flags. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-15 17:39:37 -04:00
mac80211: add flags for STBC (Space-Time Block Coding) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 19:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: add missing docs for off-chan TX flag The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-06 22:36:44 +01:00
mac80211: Add testing functionality for TKIP TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for convenient use. The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211 netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only when associated and using TKIP. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-02-03 18:35:19 +02:00
mac80211: Send the management frame at requested rate Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to use CCK rate for managemet frames through NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates without diabling 11b rates globally. Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-25 14:53:31 +05:30
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02:00
mac80211: reply only once to each PS-poll If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received) there is no way to detect that since it has no sequence number. As a consequence, the standard asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost). Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual. We could use separate flags, but that will most likely completely confuse drivers, and while the standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite problematic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:35 +02:00
mac80211: Send nullfunc frames at lower rate during connection monitor Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission. As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to retain the connection. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 20:34:04 +05:30
mac80211: move fragment flag to info flag as dont-fragment The purpose of this is two-fold: 1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in another patch move the radiotap parsing so it no longer is in the hotpath 2) if a device implements fragmentation but can optionally skip it, the radiotap request for not doing fragmentation may be honoured Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-07 14:01:25 +02:00
mac80211: Fix accounting of multicast frames Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting for such frames. To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free transmission of no-ack frames. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-10 21:26:11 +05:30
mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for filtered / retried frames. Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device. Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-21 21:36:18 +02:00
mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control_flags and HT flags This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside ieee80211_tx_control for better readability. The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers: - IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates - IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection - IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels - IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width - IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to switch easily to any 11n rate representation. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-04 18:09:26 -08:00
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-02 18:09:12 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: Fix tx queue handling during scans Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211 queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues. To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason, IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues. This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag, IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-11 11:21:07 -06:00
mac80211: fix aggregation to not require queue stop Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation (which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb queue once aggregation is turned on successfully. We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in a follow-up patch. This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being established, but only after it has been fully established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-23 17:28:41 +01:00
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption is used. Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also fixes a problem where frames for that particular station could be reordered when some were still on the software queues and older ones are re-injected into the software queue after them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-07 21:58:37 +02:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01:00
mac80211: allow DMA optimisation If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This patch allows implementation such an optimisation by telling the driver when more frames can be expected. Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented frames, but could also be used in the future on other frames when the queue was full and there are multiple frames pending. Note that drivers need to be careful when using this flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets full so that progress can be made. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:42:15 +02:00
mac80211: re-enable re-transmission of filtered frames In an earlier commit, mac80211: disable software retry for now Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns out that we've never done that correctly, but due to some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've added a comment in the patch that explains the problem better and also points to possible solutions -- which I can't implement right now. I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames because it was broken. With the work of the previous patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't be modified, but still running it through the transmit handlers to populate the control information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-17 01:47:59 +01:00
mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status When sending authentication/association frames they might take a bit of time to go out because we may have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too short if the beacon interval is relatively large. For drivers that report TX status we can do better. Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it only when the frame status arrives. Since then the frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait 100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted try again right away instead of waiting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-29 15:02:27 +01:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: add LDPC control flag LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm for each buffer the the tx_info flags. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-15 17:39:37 -04:00
mac80211: add flags for STBC (Space-Time Block Coding) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 19:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 17:20:47 +01:00
mac80211: Add testing functionality for TKIP TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for convenient use. The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211 netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only when associated and using TKIP. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-02-03 18:35:19 +02:00
mac80211: Send the management frame at requested rate Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to use CCK rate for managemet frames through NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates without diabling 11b rates globally. Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-25 14:53:31 +05:30
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02:00
mac80211: Send nullfunc frames at lower rate during connection monitor Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission. As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to retain the connection. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 20:34:04 +05:30
mac80211: move fragment flag to info flag as dont-fragment The purpose of this is two-fold: 1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in another patch move the radiotap parsing so it no longer is in the hotpath 2) if a device implements fragmentation but can optionally skip it, the radiotap request for not doing fragmentation may be honoured Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-07 14:01:25 +02:00
mac80211: Fix accounting of multicast frames Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting for such frames. To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free transmission of no-ack frames. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-10 21:26:11 +05:30
mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control_flags and HT flags This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside ieee80211_tx_control for better readability. The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers: - IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates - IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection - IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels - IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width - IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to switch easily to any 11n rate representation. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-04 18:09:26 -08:00
wireless: fix kernel-doc Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings and errors that crop up when running it on mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't normally done so lots of bit-rot happened. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-07 11:12:27 +02:00
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-02 18:09:12 +02:00
mac80211: Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up a bit which can be used for other purposes. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-10 21:26:10 +05:30
mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in injected frames Drivers/devices without their own rate control algorithm can get the information what rates they should use from either the radiotap header of injected frames or from the rate control algorithm. But the parsing of the legacy rate information from the radiotap header was removed in commit e6a9854b05c1 ("mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API"). The removal of this feature heavily reduced the usefulness of frame injection when wanting to simulate specific transmission behavior. Having rate parsing together with MCS rates and retry support allows a fine grained selection of the tx behavior of injected frames for these kind of tests. Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-01-26 17:11:13 +01:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: Move reorder-sensitive TX handlers to after TXQ dequeue The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the TXQ. This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue, and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts at once. Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ structure. This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX handler code slightly more complex. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void, remove a useless txq->sta check] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-22 19:04:20 +02:00
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-02 18:09:12 +02:00
mac80211: Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up a bit which can be used for other purposes. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-10 21:26:10 +05:30
mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in injected frames Drivers/devices without their own rate control algorithm can get the information what rates they should use from either the radiotap header of injected frames or from the rate control algorithm. But the parsing of the legacy rate information from the radiotap header was removed in commit e6a9854b05c1 ("mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API"). The removal of this feature heavily reduced the usefulness of frame injection when wanting to simulate specific transmission behavior. Having rate parsing together with MCS rates and retry support allows a fine grained selection of the tx behavior of injected frames for these kind of tests. Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-01-26 17:11:13 +01:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: Move reorder-sensitive TX handlers to after TXQ dequeue The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the TXQ. This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue, and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts at once. Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ structure. This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX handler code slightly more complex. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void, remove a useless txq->sta check] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-22 19:04:20 +02:00
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-02 18:09:12 +02:00
mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for filtered / retried frames. Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device. Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-21 21:36:18 +02:00
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01:00
mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for filtered / retried frames. Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device. Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-21 21:36:18 +02:00
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02:00
mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for filtered / retried frames. Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device. Cc: <stable@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-21 21:36:18 +02:00
mac80211: Add documentation bits for mac80211_rate_control_flags Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-22 09:00:52 +05:30
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211: Add documentation bits for mac80211_rate_control_flags Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-22 09:00:52 +05:30
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211: Add documentation bits for mac80211_rate_control_flags Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-22 09:00:52 +05:30
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: Replace ieee80211_tx_control->key_idx with ieee80211_key_conf The hw_key_idx inside the ieee80211_key_conf structure does not provide all the information drivers might need to perform hardware encryption. This is in particular true for rt2x00 who needs to know the key algorithm and whether it is a shared or pairwise key. By passing the ieee80211_key_conf pointer it assures us that drivers can make full use of all information that it should know about a particular key. Additionally this patch updates all drivers to grab the hw_key_idx from the ieee80211_key_conf structure. v2: Removed bogus u16 cast v3: Add warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers v4: Update warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-17 19:41:02 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: reduce IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient. The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC) implementation. Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: fix two kernel-doc warnings One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-23 08:51:20 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: explain TX retry and status Add some more documentation including an example so that it's clearer what should be done for TX retries. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:23:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: explain TX retry and status Add some more documentation including an example so that it's clearer what should be done for TX retries. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:23:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: explain TX retry and status Add some more documentation including an example so that it's clearer what should be done for TX retries. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:23:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: explain TX retry and status Add some more documentation including an example so that it's clearer what should be done for TX retries. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:23:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: explain TX retry and status Add some more documentation including an example so that it's clearer what should be done for TX retries. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-07 16:23:43 +02:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
net: remove last uses of __attribute__((packed)) Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)). Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-21 10:59:58 +00:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211: VHT off-by-one NSS The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in: - s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control) - u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver) Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM). Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1 to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header). To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value respectively runs from 0 to 7. ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss runs from 1 to 8. This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-15 17:09:29 +02:00
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211: VHT off-by-one NSS The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in: - s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control) - u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver) Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM). Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1 to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header). To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value respectively runs from 0 to 7. ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss runs from 1 to 8. This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-15 17:09:29 +02:00
mac80211: support VHT rates in TX info To achieve this, limit the number of retries to 31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that are then free for VHT flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:38:32 +01:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: implement wifi TX status Implement the socket wifi TX status error queue reflection in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01:00
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07:00
mac80211: add the total ampdu length to tx info Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01:00
mac80211: fix typo in comments The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word STATUS. Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-18 09:28:18 -07:00
mac80211: add the total ampdu length to tx info Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01:00
mac80211: fix typo in comments The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word STATUS. Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-18 09:28:18 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: Replace ieee80211_tx_control->key_idx with ieee80211_key_conf The hw_key_idx inside the ieee80211_key_conf structure does not provide all the information drivers might need to perform hardware encryption. This is in particular true for rt2x00 who needs to know the key algorithm and whether it is a shared or pairwise key. By passing the ieee80211_key_conf pointer it assures us that drivers can make full use of all information that it should know about a particular key. Additionally this patch updates all drivers to grab the hw_key_idx from the ieee80211_key_conf structure. v2: Removed bogus u16 cast v3: Add warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers v4: Update warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-17 19:41:02 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: implement wifi TX status Implement the socket wifi TX status error queue reflection in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: fix CTS protection handling The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-16 13:38:43 +02:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: fix CTS protection handling The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-16 13:38:43 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: fix virtual interfaces vs. injection Currently, virtual interface pointers passed to drivers might be from monitor interfaces and as such completely uninitialised because we do not tell the driver about monitor interfaces when those are created. Instead of passing them, we should therefore indicate to the driver that there is no information; do that by passing a NULL value and adjust drivers to cope with it. As a result, some mac80211 API functions also need to cope with a NULL vif pointer so drivers can still call them unconditionally. Also, when injecting frames we really don't want to pass NULL all the time, if we know we are the source address of a frame and have a local interface for that address, we can to use that interface. This also helps with processing the frame correctly for that interface which will help the 802.11w implementation. It's not entirely correct for VLANs or WDS interfaces because there the MAC address isn't unique, but it's already a lot better than what we do now. Finally, when injecting without a matching local interface, don't assign sequence numbers at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02:00
mac80211: fix VLAN handling with TXQs With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned. However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since the information about which virtual interface to use to select the key is taken from the TXQ. Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping in the dequeue as well. Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an AP_VLAN is removed. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-06-22 12:20:30 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE, for various reasons (like making those more reliable). Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to let all drivers also apply such logic to other control port protocols, should they be configured. Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-02 18:09:12 +02:00
mac80211: fix VLAN handling with TXQs With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned. However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since the information about which virtual interface to use to select the key is taken from the TXQ. Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping in the dequeue as well. Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an AP_VLAN is removed. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-06-22 12:20:30 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: stop using pointers as userspace cookies Even if the pointers are really only accessible to root and used pretty much only by wpa_supplicant, this is still not great; even for debugging it'd be easier to have something that's easier to read and guaranteed to never get reused. With the recent change to make mac80211 create an ack_skb for the mgmt-tx path this becomes possible, only the client probe method needs to also allocate an ack_skb, and we can store the cookie in that skb. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-01 23:14:59 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: add status_driver_data array to ieee80211_tx_info Drivers might want to have private data in addition to all other ieee80211_tx_info.status fields. The current ieee80211_tx_info.rate_driver_data overlaps with some of the non-rate data (e.g. ampdu_ack_len), so it might not be good enough. Since we already know how much free bytes remained, simply use this size to define (void *) array. While on it, change ack_signal type from int to the more explicit s32 type. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02:00
mac80211: reduce IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient. The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC) implementation. Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02:00
mac80211: add the total ampdu length to tx info Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01:00
mac80211: remove antenna_sel_tx TX info field This field is never set to anything non-zero in mac80211, so we should be able to remove it. Unfortunately though, the iwlwifi and iwlegacy drivers use it for their internal TX status processing (which shouldn't be using the rate control API to start with), so add a new field "status.antenna" for them, at least for now. In the future, I plan to use the new field to hold the hardware queue, while the SKB's queue mapping holds the AC. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 11:04:23 +02:00
mac80211: add WMM admission control support Use the currently existing APIs between mac80211 and the low level driver to implement WMM admission control. The low level driver needs to report the media time used by each transmitted packet in ieee80211_tx_status. Based on that information, mac80211 will modify the QoS parameters of the admission controlled Access Category when the limit is reached. Once the original QoS parameters can be restored, mac80211 will do so. One issue with this approach is that management frames will also erroneously be downgraded, but the upside is that the implementation is simple. In the future, it can be extended to driver- or device-based implementations that are better. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-07 10:38:50 +03:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: make rate control tx status API more extensible Rename .tx_status_noskb to .tx_status_ext and pass a new on-stack struct ieee80211_tx_status instead of struct ieee80211_tx_info. This struct can be used to pass extra information, e.g. for dynamic tx power control Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02:00
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 15:21:13 +02:00
mac80211: split sched scan IEs Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command, instead of per band. This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version). As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the split data. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-06 16:15:23 +02:00
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 15:21:13 +02:00
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 15:21:13 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: reduce IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient. The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC) implementation. Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: Add RX flag to indicate ICV stripped Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's already checked. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: support device/driver PN check for CCMP/GCMP When there are multiple RX queues, the PN checks in mac80211 cannot be used since packets might be processed out of order on different CPUs. Allow the driver to report that the PN has been checked, drivers that will use multi-queue RX will have to set this flag. For now, the flag is only valid when the frame has been decrypted, in theory that restriction doesn't have to be there, but in practice the hardware will have decrypted the frame already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02:00
mac80211: add doc for RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED flag Add documentation for the flag for duplication check. Fixes the following warning when running make htmldocs: warning: Enum value 'RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED' not described in enum 'mac80211_rx_flags' Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com> [fix description] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-18 16:09:29 +00:00
[MAC80211]: allow drivers to indicate failed FCS/PLCP checksum This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 01:29:22 -04:00
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> [fix docs, atheros drivers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-13 10:46:27 -08:00
mac80211: rename RX_FLAG_TSFT The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01:00
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> [fix docs, atheros drivers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-13 10:46:27 -08:00
mac80211: add RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START The timestamp given by iwlwifi is at the beginning of the frame over the air, at (or during) the SYNC field. Allow such timestamps to be given to mac80211, at least (for now) for frames with non-HT/VHT preambles. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02:00
mac80211: add an rx flag for ignoring a packet's signal strength For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g. Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last subframe. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01:00
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 11:34:31 +02:00
mac80211: allow not sending MIC up from driver for HW crypto When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not present. Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make the flags field a u64. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to report (non-)monitor frames Some drivers offload some frames internally (e.g. AddBa). Reporting such frames to mac80211 would only confuse MLME. However it would be useful to be able to pass such frames to monitor interfaces for sniffing purposes, e.g. when running AP + monitor. To do that allow drivers to tell mac80211 whether a given frame should be: - processed but not delivered to any monitor vif - not processed but delievered to monitor vifs only Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-11 14:39:46 +01:00
mac80211: support reporting A-MSDU subframes individually Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in single buffers. Drivers for such devices were forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance. Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all subframes share it. This was in conflict with retransmission/duplication recovery (IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10). Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes except the last one. This ensures the last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate transmission all reported subframes will be properly discarded. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [johannes: add braces that were missing even before] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02:00
mac80211: add back support for radiotap vendor namespace data Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status. Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-06 22:56:36 +01:00
mac80211: allow same PN for AMSDU sub-frames Some hardware (iwlwifi an example) de-aggregate AMSDUs and copy the IV as is to the generated MPDUs, so the same PN appears in multiple packets without being a replay attack. Allow driver to explicitly indicate that a frame is allowed to have the same PN as the previous frame. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-03 15:59:44 +03:00
mac80211: Add RX flag to indicate ICV stripped Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's already checked. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 11:34:31 +02:00
mac80211: add RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START The timestamp given by iwlwifi is at the beginning of the frame over the air, at (or during) the SYNC field. Allow such timestamps to be given to mac80211, at least (for now) for frames with non-HT/VHT preambles. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02:00
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 11:34:31 +02:00
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> [fix docs, atheros drivers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-13 10:46:27 -08:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make room in flags. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 16:37:11 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make room in flags. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 16:37:11 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make room in flags. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 16:37:11 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags We currently use a lot of flags that are mutually incompatible, separate this out into actual encoding and bandwidth enum values. Much of this again done with spatch, with manual post-editing, mostly to add the switch statements and get rid of the conversions. @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_80 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_40 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_20MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_20 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_160 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_5 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_10 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_HT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_VHT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_5) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_10) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_40) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_80) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_160) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 12:14:59 +02:00
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make room in flags. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 16:37:11 +02:00
mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags We currently use a lot of flags that are mutually incompatible, separate this out into actual encoding and bandwidth enum values. Much of this again done with spatch, with manual post-editing, mostly to add the switch statements and get rid of the conversions. @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_80 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_40 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_20MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_20 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_160 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_5 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_10 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_HT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_VHT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_5) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_10) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_40) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_80) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_160) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 12:14:59 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:15:40 +02:00
mac80211: better definition of mactime define mactime as the time when the first data symbol arrived at the HW. the old definition was questionable because 802.11 defines timestamp only for beacon and probe response frames, and there it means the timestamp field. a stricter definition of mactime is necessary for correct merging of IBSS. note that it is up to the driver to convert whatever its hardware returns to this definition. unfortunately we don't know for example when atheros hardware takes its rx timestamp exactly :( Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09:00
mac80211: allow drivers to report CLOCK_BOOTTIME for scan results This was requested by Android, and the appropriate cfg80211 API had been added by Dmitry. Support it in mac80211, allowing drivers to provide the timestamp. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02:00
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: document status.freq restrictions It's not always necessary to set the status.freq field, for example when this would be an expensive calculation. It must be set for all management frames (as they might be reported to userspace), but for data frames it's not really required. Document this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02:00
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:15:40 +02:00
mac80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix unit documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: support drivers reporting VHT RX Add support to mac80211 for having drivers report received VHT MCS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 15:07:02 +01:00
mac80211: rename ieee80211_rx_status::vht_nss to just nss This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now. Again, mostly done with this spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_nss +status->nss @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_nss +status.nss Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 13:51:41 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags We currently use a lot of flags that are mutually incompatible, separate this out into actual encoding and bandwidth enum values. Much of this again done with spatch, with manual post-editing, mostly to add the switch statements and get rid of the conversions. @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_80 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_40 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_20MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_20 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_160 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_5 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_10 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_HT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_VHT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_5) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_10) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_40) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_80) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_160) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 12:14:59 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: move packet flags into packet commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100 mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong since the optimisation this flag tried to make requires that it is kept across the processing of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under some (common!) circumstances the flag will be set on an already freed skb! However, investigating this in more detail, I found that most of the flags that we set should be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used for processing (currently just this one) need to be reset before processing a new packet. Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as a result of the wrong flags handling (which is not too surprising -- the only real bug case I can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02:00
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 11:34:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: allow drivers to report CLOCK_BOOTTIME for scan results This was requested by Android, and the appropriate cfg80211 API had been added by Dmitry. Support it in mac80211, allowing drivers to provide the timestamp. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02:00
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02:00
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 11:34:31 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: optimize ieee80211_rx_status struct layout We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize the struct now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 13:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags We currently use a lot of flags that are mutually incompatible, separate this out into actual encoding and bandwidth enum values. Much of this again done with spatch, with manual post-editing, mostly to add the switch statements and get rid of the conversions. @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_80 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_40 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_20MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_20 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_160 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_5 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_10 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_HT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_VHT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_5) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_10) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_40) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_80) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_160) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 12:14:59 +02:00
mac80211: optimize ieee80211_rx_status struct layout We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize the struct now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 13:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: rename ieee80211_rx_status::vht_nss to just nss This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now. Again, mostly done with this spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_nss +status->nss @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_nss +status.nss Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 13:51:41 +02:00
mac80211: optimize ieee80211_rx_status struct layout We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize the struct now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 13:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix unit documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02:00
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 11:34:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add back support for radiotap vendor namespace data Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status. Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-06 22:56:36 +01:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02:00
mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02:00
mac80211: inform drivers about the off-channel status on channel changes For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if the channel temporarily changes. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-28 02:40:49 +02:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
mac80211: rewrite HT handling The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've (partially) fixed: * it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP, hence has no chance of working as an AP * it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS * channel sanity checking is left to the drivers * it generally lets the driver control too much HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently. Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht(). Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs: * mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any more since the refactoring * iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA * ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities, but I see no cleaner solution for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-14 16:58:37 +02:00
mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02:00
mac80211: inform drivers about the off-channel status on channel changes For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if the channel temporarily changes. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-28 02:40:49 +02:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: fix short slot handling This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient for changes in the power saving things. The driver already tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the "have dynps support" hw flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: clean up channel type config The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require reprogramming the hardware anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 10:13:27 +01:00
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback with a new flag to change retry limits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-14 19:17:54 +02:00
mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 14:34:12 +02:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient for changes in the power saving things. The driver already tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the "have dynps support" hw flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02:00
mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
mac80211: fix mac80211.h documentation warnings There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger) and the required networking latency (it must be small enough to fulfil those constraints). This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver. Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at most that long. Note that the device is responsible for aligning the maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them. Also, group some powersave documentation together and make it more explicit that we support managed mode only, and no IBSS powersaving (yet). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-22 18:44:37 +02:00
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used. Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08:00
mac80211: wait for beacon before enabling powersave Because DTIM information is required for powersave but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon before enabling powersave, and change the way the information is conveyed to the driver accordingly. mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but requires the DTIM period in a different way; after talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do the parsing itself in the finalize_join work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-26 14:19:52 +01:00
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger) and the required networking latency (it must be small enough to fulfil those constraints). This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver. Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at most that long. Note that the device is responsible for aligning the maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them. Also, group some powersave documentation together and make it more explicit that we support managed mode only, and no IBSS powersaving (yet). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-22 18:44:37 +02:00
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02:00
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger) and the required networking latency (it must be small enough to fulfil those constraints). This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver. Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at most that long. Note that the device is responsible for aligning the maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them. Also, group some powersave documentation together and make it more explicit that we support managed mode only, and no IBSS powersaving (yet). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-22 18:44:37 +02:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 16:26:57 +01:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger) and the required networking latency (it must be small enough to fulfil those constraints). This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver. Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at most that long. Note that the device is responsible for aligning the maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them. Also, group some powersave documentation together and make it more explicit that we support managed mode only, and no IBSS powersaving (yet). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-22 18:44:37 +02:00
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback with a new flag to change retry limits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-14 19:17:54 +02:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback with a new flag to change retry limits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-14 19:17:54 +02:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 14:34:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[MAC80211]: yet more documentation Add more mac80211 documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: Fix ps-qos network latency handling The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless (for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.) This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps timeout of 100ms. Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct. Move it to the ieee80211_local struct. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-09 09:51:52 +03:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n HT framework definitions New structures: - ieee80211_ht_info: describing STA's HT capabilities - ieee80211_ht_bss_info: describing BSS's HT characteristics Changed structures: - ieee80211_hw_mode: now also holds PHY HT capabilities for each HW mode - ieee80211_conf: ht_conf holds current self HT configuration ht_bss_conf holds current BSS HT configuration - flag IEEE80211_CONF_SUPPORT_HT_MODE added to indicate if HT use is desired - sta_info: now also holds Peer's HT capabilities Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:30 +02:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: wait for beacon before enabling powersave Because DTIM information is required for powersave but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon before enabling powersave, and change the way the information is conveyed to the driver accordingly. mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but requires the DTIM period in a different way; after talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do the parsing itself in the finalize_join work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-26 14:19:52 +01:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: make retry limits part of hw config Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback with a new flag to change retry limits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-14 19:17:54 +02:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 16:26:57 +01:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the ieee80211_channel_switch struct Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received in the rx info structure into it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:35 +03:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling of CSA on HT access points. For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular, the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 18:29:27 +01:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the ieee80211_channel_switch struct Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received in the rx info structure into it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:35 +03:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling of CSA on HT access points. For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular, the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 18:29:27 +01:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch, make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that the driver set for virtual interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:58 +01:00
mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support, move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the fly if needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01:00
mac80211: add new IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE flag Add new VIF flag, that will allow get NOA update notification when driver will request this, even this is not pure P2P vif (eg. STA vif). Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-27 08:38:40 +01:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch, make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that the driver set for virtual interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:58 +01:00
mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support, move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the fly if needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01:00
mac80211: add new IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE flag Add new VIF flag, that will allow get NOA update notification when driver will request this, even this is not pure P2P vif (eg. STA vif). Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-27 08:38:40 +01:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: move interface type to vif structure Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them. The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type variable into the vif structure. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01:00
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can access it during ->tx without having to store it in the private data or similar. No driver updates because this is only for when they want to start using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-11 01:51:51 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02:00
mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up. This means it was impossible to perform tx at all until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was performed later. It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner however this is more robust and future proof (having multi-vif CSA in mind). New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep track of which interfaces requested tx to be blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211 stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking CSA interface is finished. It is still possible to have tx queues stopped after CSA failure but as soon as offending interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 15:10:59 +02:00
mac80211: move MU_MIMO_OWNER flag to ieee80211_vif Drivers may need to track which vif is using VHT MU-MIMO. Move the flag indicationg the ownership of MU_MIMO to ieee80211_vif. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-16 12:48:18 +02:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: move sdata debugfs dir to vif There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e. on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface(). Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-08 14:46:14 +01:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
mac80211: move sdata debugfs dir to vif There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e. on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface(). Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-08 14:46:14 +01:00
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 22:39:50 +03:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: move bss_conf into vif Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can access it during ->tx without having to store it in the private data or similar. No driver updates because this is only for when they want to start using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-11 01:51:51 +02:00
mac80211: fix A-MSDU outer SA/DA According to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2 table 8-19, the outer SA/DA of A-MSDU frames need to be changed depending on FromDS/ToDS values. Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> [use ether_addr_copy and add alignment annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02:00
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: move MU_MIMO_OWNER flag to ieee80211_vif Drivers may need to track which vif is using VHT MU-MIMO. Move the flag indicationg the ownership of MU_MIMO to ieee80211_vif. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-16 12:48:18 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: move sdata debugfs dir to vif There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e. on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface(). Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-08 14:46:14 +01:00
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 22:39:50 +03:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
wireless: use __aligned Use __aligned(...) instead of __attribute__((aligned(...))) in mac80211 and cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-28 12:22:02 +01:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:19 +01:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:19 +01:00
nl80211: vendor command support Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason. It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers. Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported, no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications. Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any vendor commands. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-13 13:37:47 +01:00
mac80211: allow to get wireless_dev structure from ieee80211_vif This will allow mac80211 drivers to call cfg80211 APIs with the right handle. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can safely be decremented for most drivers. The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid assumption for p54 and cw1200. Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 08:39:02 -05:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: Add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE This adds a new flag to the ieee80211_key_conf structure. This flag will inform the driver the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. This is important for drivers who support both types of keys, and need to be informed which type of key this is. Alternative would be drivers checking the address argument of set_key(), but it will be safer when mac80211 is more explicit. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-17 21:11:18 +02:00
mac80211: add key flag for management keys Mark keys that might be used to receive management frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto for them if they don't support hardware offload. As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag can only affect TX, also rename the latter to IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-04 17:08:23 +02:00
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02:00
mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-23 08:21:41 +02:00
mac80211: Add IV-room in the skb for TKIP and WEP Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP. Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys" Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-09 08:11:20 +03:00
mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-23 08:21:41 +02:00
mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can safely be decremented for most drivers. The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid assumption for p54 and cw1200. Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 08:39:02 -05:00
mac80211: add key flag for management keys Mark keys that might be used to receive management frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto for them if they don't support hardware offload. As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag can only affect TX, also rename the latter to IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-04 17:08:23 +02:00
mac80211: add option to generate CCMP IVs only for mgmt frames Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> [use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02:00
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02:00
mac80211: add option to generate CCMP IVs only for mgmt frames Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> [use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02:00
mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can safely be decremented for most drivers. The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid assumption for p54 and cw1200. Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 08:39:02 -05:00
mac80211: Add MIC space only for TX key option Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs MIC space and not a real MIC. In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-01 13:50:52 +02:00
[MAC80211]: rework hardware crypto flags This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each key or each packet instead of into the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: add option to generate CCMP IVs only for mgmt frames Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag that allows us to achieve this. Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> [use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02:00
mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can safely be decremented for most drivers. The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid assumption for p54 and cw1200. Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 08:39:02 -05:00
mac80211: Add MIC space only for TX key option Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs MIC space and not a real MIC. In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-01 13:50:52 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: remove HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID This patch makes the mac80211/driver interface rely only on the IEEE80211_TXCTL_DO_NOT_ENCRYPT flag to signal to the driver whether a frame should be encrypted or not, since mac80211 internally no longer relies on HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID either this removes it, changes the key index to be a u8 in all places and makes the full range of the value available to drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: use cipher suite selectors Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211 cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values. That isn't all too useful, and some drivers benefit from the distinction between WEP40 and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it all to use the cipher suite selectors. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-10 09:46:38 +02:00
mac80211: move TKIP TX IVs to public part of key struct Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC). Specifically, this is needed when the device does offloading at certain times, and the driver has to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from the host) are synchronized with IVs that were potentially used during the offloading. Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the public part of the key struct, and export a function to add the IV right into the crypto header. The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32 when needed. Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken directly from the frame, we can safely remove iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-14 13:56:35 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
mac80211: Let drivers have access to TKIP key offets for TX and RX MIC Some drivers may want to to use the TKIP key offsets for TX and RX MIC so lets move this out. Lets also clear up a bit how this is used internally in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-21 10:02:46 -04:00
mac80211: clean up set_key callback The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a vif struct. Change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k] Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00] Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54] Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945] Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-29 12:55:09 +01:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX PN to public part of key struct For drivers supporting TSO or similar features, but that still have PN assignment in software, there's a need to have some memory to store the current PN value. As mac80211 already stores this and it's somewhat complicated to add a per-driver area to the key struct (due to the dynamic sizing thereof) it makes sense to just move the TX PN to the keyconf, i.e. the public part of the key struct. As TKIP is more complicated and we won't able to offload it in this way right now (fast-xmit is skipped for TKIP unless the HW does it all, and our hardware needs MMIC calculation in software) I've not moved that for now - it's possible but requires exposing a lot of the internal TKIP state. As an bonus side effect, we can remove a lot of code by assuming the keyseq struct has a certain layout - with BUILD_BUG_ON to verify it. This might also improve performance, since now TX and RX no longer share a cacheline. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-01 15:36:51 +02:00
mac80211: use cipher suite selectors Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211 cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values. That isn't all too useful, and some drivers benefit from the distinction between WEP40 and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it all to use the cipher suite selectors. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-10 09:46:38 +02:00
mac80211: free up 2 bytes in skb->cb Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later. Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02:00
[MAC80211]: remove HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID This patch makes the mac80211/driver interface rely only on the IEEE80211_TXCTL_DO_NOT_ENCRYPT flag to signal to the driver whether a frame should be encrypted or not, since mac80211 internally no longer relies on HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID either this removes it, changes the key index to be a u8 in all places and makes the full range of the value available to drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
mac80211: Add MIC space only for TX key option Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs MIC space and not a real MIC. In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-01 13:50:52 +02:00
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: extend get_key() to return PN for all ciphers For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02:00
mac80211: move TKIP TX IVs to public part of key struct Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC). Specifically, this is needed when the device does offloading at certain times, and the driver has to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from the host) are synchronized with IVs that were potentially used during the offloading. Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the public part of the key struct, and export a function to add the IV right into the crypto header. The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32 when needed. Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken directly from the frame, we can safely remove iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-14 13:56:35 +02:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:12:41 +02:00
mac80211: extend get_key() to return PN for all ciphers For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:12:41 +02:00
mac80211: extend get_key() to return PN for all ciphers For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:12:41 +02:00
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: remove crypto algorithm typedef The typedef is not required, we can just use "enum ieee80211_key_alg" instead of "ieee80211_key_alg" Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:21 -04:00
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: remove crypto algorithm typedef The typedef is not required, we can just use "enum ieee80211_key_alg" instead of "ieee80211_key_alg" Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:21 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01:00
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the station. Of course, make all drivers use it. To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities, so it can set up the new bandwidth field. If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use, also set the bandwidth accordingly. Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of the current setting. While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it really happens...) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
wireless: fix kerneldoc content in *80211.h files. Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional change. Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 13:59:58 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: share sta->supp_rates As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API, share the supported rates bitmap in the public API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 02:45:11 +02:00
mac80211: restrict peer's VHT capabilities to own Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more than one device and the devices have different capabilities (often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise, due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01:00
mac80211: RX BA support for sta max_rx_aggregation_subframes The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful in cases of IOP. There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's) that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps). These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets). This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated during association. Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet. This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station, instead of being held only by hw. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-22 17:14:04 +03:00
mac80211: make sta.wme indicate whether QoS is used Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check in the TX path. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
nl80211/cfg80211/mac80211: fix wme docs Add/fix some missing docs. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03:00
mac80211: uapsd_queues is in QoS IE order The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in IEEE80211_AC_*'s order. This means that mac80211 would get confused between BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but needs to be fixed. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03:00
nl80211/cfg80211/mac80211: fix wme docs Add/fix some missing docs. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03:00
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the station. Of course, make all drivers use it. To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities, so it can set up the new bandwidth field. If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use, also set the bandwidth accordingly. Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of the current setting. While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it really happens...) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01:00
mac80211: track number of spatial streams With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when the connection is established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-27 18:26:42 +01:00
mac80211: stop modifying HT SMPS capability Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a new field in the station struct and use it in the drivers that care about it. This simplifies the code using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 14:21:00 +01:00
wireless: fix kerneldoc content in *80211.h files. Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional change. Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04:00
mac80211: set an external flag for TDLS stations Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct. This can be used in some rate control decisions. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03:00
mac80211: expose TDLS-initiator value to low level driver Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator. Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:32:48 +03:00
Revert "mac80211: remove exposing 'mfp' to drivers" This reverts commit 5c48f1201744233d4f235c7dd916d5196ed20716. Some device drivers (ath10k) offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of AddBA/DelBA action frames. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-07 10:40:04 +05:30
mac80211: limit the A-MSDU Tx based on peer's capabilities In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE. In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size. Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them available to the driver. In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095. This is not enforced here. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02:00
mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms. Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
802.11: clean up/fix HT support This patch cleans up a number of things: * the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information information elements * variable names that are hard to understand * mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused enable_ht parameter * mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht * mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie to an information element _contents_ rather than the whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds access bug fixed!) * mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON checking * a few minor other things Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02:00
mac80211: VHT peer STA caps Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed mode) and make them available to the driver in the station information. Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted to the common capabilities, so drivers must be aware of their own capabilities. Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> [fix endian conversion bug ...] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00:00
mac80211: RX BA support for sta max_rx_aggregation_subframes The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful in cases of IOP. There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's) that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps). These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets). This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated during association. Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet. This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station, instead of being held only by hw. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-22 17:14:04 +03:00
mac80211: propagate information about STA WME support down Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA supports WME. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-27 23:58:45 +03:00
mac80211: add uapsd_queues and max_sp params fields Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta. These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in order to configure the AP. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03:00
mac80211: track number of spatial streams With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when the connection is established. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-27 18:26:42 +01:00
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the station. Of course, make all drivers use it. To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities, so it can set up the new bandwidth field. If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use, also set the bandwidth accordingly. Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of the current setting. While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it really happens...) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01:00
mac80211: stop modifying HT SMPS capability Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a new field in the station struct and use it in the drivers that care about it. This simplifies the code using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 14:21:00 +01:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: set an external flag for TDLS stations Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct. This can be used in some rate control decisions. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03:00
mac80211: expose TDLS-initiator value to low level driver Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator. Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:32:48 +03:00
Revert "mac80211: remove exposing 'mfp' to drivers" This reverts commit 5c48f1201744233d4f235c7dd916d5196ed20716. Some device drivers (ath10k) offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of AddBA/DelBA action frames. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-07 10:40:04 +05:30
mac80211: limit the A-MSDU Tx based on peer's capabilities In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE. In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size. Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them available to the driver. In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095. This is not enforced here. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02:00
mac80211: fix documentation warnings For a few restructured text warnings in mac80211, making the documentation warning-free (for now). In order to not add trailing whitespace, but also not introduce too much noise into this change, move just the affected docs into inline comments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-13 11:12:01 +01:00
mac80211: limit the A-MSDU Tx based on peer's capabilities In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE. In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size. Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them available to the driver. In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095. This is not enforced here. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02:00
mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms. Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
wireless: use __aligned Use __aligned(...) instead of __attribute__((aligned(...))) in mac80211 and cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-28 12:22:02 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: add sta_notify callback This patch adds sta_notify callback and removes sta_table_notification which was not used by any driver. sta_notify() is essential for drivers that keeps notion of station internally and need to be notified about removal or addition of a station to the (I)BSS or assocation to an AP. This version adds interface id to the parameter list as suggested by Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-30 13:52:37 +02:00
mac80211: Remove deprecated sta_notify commands STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore, and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-19 11:32:30 +05:30
[MAC80211]: add sta_notify callback This patch adds sta_notify callback and removes sta_table_notification which was not used by any driver. sta_notify() is essential for drivers that keeps notion of station internally and need to be notified about removal or addition of a station to the (I)BSS or assocation to an AP. This version adds interface id to the parameter list as suggested by Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-30 13:52:37 +02:00
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54. Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely. Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback, so that we can update the filter state. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01:00
mac80211: integrate sta_notify_ps cmds into sta_notify This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function, which can be used to notify the driver about every power state transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality back into the original sta_notify callback. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-09 16:28:06 +01:00
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54. Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely. Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback, so that we can update the filter state. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01:00
mac80211: move TX station pointer and restructure TX Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming Transmit Power Control (TPC). Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method. Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [reworded commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-23 21:33:42 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: add missing drv_priv description for TXQ struct The kernel-doc description for the drv_priv member of struct ieee80211_txq was missing, leading to errors. Add a suitable description to fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:04:53 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not documented well enough. Fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:15 -04:00
mac80211: make software rate control optional Some devices implement the entire rate control in firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi which does some things in software but not a lot. Therefore generic software rate control is rather useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead to the transmit path. It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that they do not need rate control, but they need to fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in WARN_ONs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-17 18:18:36 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not documented well enough. Fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:15 -04:00
mac80211: remove kdoc references to IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in the recent revamp on beacon configuration. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-14 11:43:20 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not documented well enough. Fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:15 -04:00
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:15:40 +02:00
mac80211: add spectrum capabilities This patch add spectrum capability and required information elements to association request providing AP has requested it and it is supported by the driver Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03:00
mac80211: Re-enable aggregation Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that set ampdu_queues. This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05:30
mac80211: implement dynamic power save This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some require the host to do it. The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms: iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware. It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle. In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS. Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-18 23:35:27 +02:00
mac80211: extend/document powersave API This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different flags: * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support * IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the various flags. Additionally, it fixes a few things: * a spot where && was used to test flags * enable CONF_PS only when associated again Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 18:28:20 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Add driver capability flag for MFP This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in MFP-optional mode. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:11 +02:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: Retry null data frame for power save. Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211 goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames from the AP. Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not received for null data frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05:30
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-19 07:14:53 +02:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: inform the driver about update of dtim_period Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period, mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association. This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the association, if they get it at all. To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM becomes known. This might be when changing to associated, or later when the entire association was done with only probe response information. Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period now, just not before association. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-12 10:12:24 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs, updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 19:39:30 +02:00
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02:00
mac80211: add flag to indicate HW only Tx-agg setup support When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup in hardware. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-30 09:32:38 +03:00
mac80211: support hw scan while idle Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan. However, some devices that implement hw scan might not need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine. (Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off) Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02:00
mac80211: add explicit monitor interface if needed The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do will break pure injection unless we handle monitor interfaces explicitly. One possible option would be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API since we already need to have queue assignments handled per virtual interface. So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor interface that is added whenever all active vifs are monitors. We could also use the state of one of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would be complicated, so allocate separate state. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: support creating wiphy w/out creating wlanX This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the vifs as needed, and named as expected. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07:00
mac80211: allow drivers to control software crypto Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but mac80211 currently assumes that they do. This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the key setting refused. Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1. The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers that the driver can't actually do. While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01:00
mac80211: add TX fastpath In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache. There's also a more detailed description in the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: add IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation require that the P2P interface address match the P2P Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.) Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC address by default. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-19 17:19:44 +02:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: add IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation require that the P2P interface address match the P2P Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.) Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC address by default. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-19 17:19:44 +02:00
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01:00
mac80211: implement STA CSA for drivers using channel contexts Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities. Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in order to fit the STA scenario. Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-09-01 17:15:51 +03:00
mac80211: add missing IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES docs Document the IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES flag. Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-14 10:05:16 +02:00
mac80211: implement STA CSA for drivers using channel contexts Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities. Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in order to fit the STA scenario. Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-09-01 17:15:51 +03:00
mac80211: allow reservation of a running chanctx With single-channel drivers, we need to be able to change a running chanctx if we want to use chanctx reservation. Not all drivers may be able to do this, so add a flag that indicates support for it. Changing a running chanctx can also be used as an optimization in multi-channel drivers when the context needs to be reserved for future usage. Introduce IEEE80211_CHANCTX_RESERVED chanctx mode to mark a channel as reserved so nobody else can use it (since we know it's going to change). In the future, we may allow several vifs to use the same reservation as long as they plan to use the chanctx on the same future channel. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-27 14:33:47 +02:00
mac80211: don't resize skbs needlessly Header-less cloned skbs with sufficient headroom need not be cloned unless the tailroom is going to be modified. Fix ieee80211_skb_resize so it would only resize cloned skbs if either the header isn't released or the tailroom is going to be modified. Some drivers might have assumed that skbs are never cloned, so add a HW flag that explicitly permits cloned TX skbs. Drivers which do not modify TX skbs should set this flag to avoid copying skbs. Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03:00
mac80211: rename single hw-scan flag to follow naming convention The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 20:32:00 +02:00
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 15:21:13 +02:00
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02:00
mac80211: define TDLS wider BW support bits Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature. Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it. This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory considerations allow it. Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-10 20:42:59 +03:00
mac80211: allow the driver to advertise A-MSDU within A-MPDU Rx support Drivers may be interested in receiving A-MSDU within A-MDPU. Not all the devices may be able to do so, make it configurable. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 22:39:51 +03:00
mac80211: Copy tx'ed beacons to monitor mode When debugging wireless powersave issues on the AP side it's quite helpful to see our own beacons that are transmitted by the hardware/driver. However, this is not that easy since beacons don't pass through the regular TX queues. Preferably drivers would call ieee80211_tx_status also for tx'ed beacons but that's not always possible. Hence, just send a copy of each beacon generated by ieee80211_beacon_get_tim to monitor devices when they are getting fetched by the driver. Also add a HW flag IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS that can be used by drivers to indicate that they report TX status for beacons. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> (with a fix from Christian Lamparted rolled in) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-09 09:46:32 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to prevent two stations w/ same address Some devices or drivers cannot deal with having the same station address for different virtual interfaces, say as a client to two virtual AP interfaces. Rather than requiring each driver with a limitation like that to enforce it, add a hardware flag for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-22 17:35:19 +02:00
mac80211: support hw managing reorder logic Enable driver to manage the reordering logic itself. This is needed for example for the iwlwifi driver that will support hardware assisted reordering. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 19:09:05 +02:00
mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-31 20:02:11 +03:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: allow driver to handle packet-loss mechanism Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API (ieee80211_report_low_ack). This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05:30
mac80211: add a HW flag for supporting HW TX fragmentation Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set or not. However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation capability depending on HW generation. Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the callback. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> [added the flag to ath10k and wlcore] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-18 23:12:11 +03:00
mac80211: enable TDLS peer buffer STA feature Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this. Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com> [change commit log/documentation wording] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-24 16:51:10 +08:00
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not documented well enough. Fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:15 -04:00
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02:00
mac80211: define TDLS wider BW support bits Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature. Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it. This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory considerations allow it. Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-10 20:42:59 +03:00
mac80211: allow the driver to advertise A-MSDU within A-MPDU Rx support Drivers may be interested in receiving A-MSDU within A-MDPU. Not all the devices may be able to do so, make it configurable. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 22:39:51 +03:00
mac80211: Copy tx'ed beacons to monitor mode When debugging wireless powersave issues on the AP side it's quite helpful to see our own beacons that are transmitted by the hardware/driver. However, this is not that easy since beacons don't pass through the regular TX queues. Preferably drivers would call ieee80211_tx_status also for tx'ed beacons but that's not always possible. Hence, just send a copy of each beacon generated by ieee80211_beacon_get_tim to monitor devices when they are getting fetched by the driver. Also add a HW flag IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS that can be used by drivers to indicate that they report TX status for beacons. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> (with a fix from Christian Lamparted rolled in) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-09 09:46:32 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to prevent two stations w/ same address Some devices or drivers cannot deal with having the same station address for different virtual interfaces, say as a client to two virtual AP interfaces. Rather than requiring each driver with a limitation like that to enforce it, add a hardware flag for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-22 17:35:19 +02:00
mac80211: support hw managing reorder logic Enable driver to manage the reordering logic itself. This is needed for example for the iwlwifi driver that will support hardware assisted reordering. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-08 19:09:05 +02:00
mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-31 20:02:11 +03:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: allow driver to handle packet-loss mechanism Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API (ieee80211_report_low_ack). This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05:30
mac80211: add a HW flag for supporting HW TX fragmentation Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set or not. However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation capability depending on HW generation. Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the callback. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> [added the flag to ath10k and wlcore] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-18 23:12:11 +03:00
mac80211: enable TDLS peer buffer STA feature Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this. Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com> [change commit log/documentation wording] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-24 16:51:10 +08:00
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: renumber and document the hardware flags Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not documented well enough. Fix this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:15 -04:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: let the driver reserve extra tailroom in beacons Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to reallocate the buffer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:15:40 +02:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used. Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used. Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-30 18:51:21 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to ask for a rate control algorithm This allows a driver to ask for a specific rate control algorithm. The rate control algorithm asked for must be registered and be available as a module or built-in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-28 14:51:05 +01:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211: distinct between max rates and the number of rates the hw can report Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800). However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1 the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes that the device can handle multi rate retries. Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04:00
mac80211: add hw configuration for max ampdu buffer size Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration. This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max supported. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02:00
mac80211: allow advertising correct maximum aggregate size Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead since it doesn't have any information. However, drivers might have that information, so allow them to set a variable giving it, which will then be used. The default of zero will be fine since to the peer that means we don't know and it will just use its own limit for the buffer size. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01:00
mac80211: always set the buf_size in AddBA req to 64 Advertising reordering window in ADDBA less than 64 can crash some APs, an example is LinkSys WRT120N (with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012). On the other hand, a driver may need to limit Tx A-MPDU size for its own reasons, like specific HW limitations. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-11-17 10:24:38 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield) to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set which radiotap MCS details they report. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield) to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set which radiotap MCS details they report. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02:00
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be propagated to every netdev created from this HW. The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW checksumming. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-10 16:18:26 +03:00
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap. This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-22 23:00:18 +01:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap. This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-22 23:00:18 +01:00
mac80211: add support for radiotap timestamp field Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03:00
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be propagated to every netdev created from this HW. The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW checksumming. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-10 16:18:26 +03:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support S/G If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for that being possible.) However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize(). Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the code in mac80211 at all anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to set default uAPSD parameters mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger- and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length. Allow drivers to change these default settings since different uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and be able to recover from some errors. Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are trigger- and delivery-enabled, see http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577. We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this bug any more. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-22 16:52:23 +02:00
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02:00
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03:00
[MAC80211]: some more documentation This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow driver to ask for a rate control algorithm This allows a driver to ask for a specific rate control algorithm. The rate control algorithm asked for must be registered and be available as a module or built-in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-28 14:51:05 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: let the driver reserve extra tailroom in beacons Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to reallocate the buffer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: introduce channel context skeleton code Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel operation. They are are immutable and are re-created (or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain channel and a compatible channel type) on channel switching. This is an initial implementation and more features will come in separate patches. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [some changes including RCU protection] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:16 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: make listen_interval be limited by low level driver This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used. Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver. Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: distinct between max rates and the number of rates the hw can report Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800). However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1 the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes that the device can handle multi rate retries. Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: add hw configuration for max ampdu buffer size Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration. This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max supported. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02:00
mac80211: allow advertising correct maximum aggregate size Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead since it doesn't have any information. However, drivers might have that information, so allow them to set a variable giving it, which will then be used. The default of zero will be fine since to the peer that means we don't know and it will just use its own limit for the buffer size. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01:00
mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only supported for debugging purposes. To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix locking issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield) to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set which radiotap MCS details they report. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02:00
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap. This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-22 23:00:18 +01:00
mac80211: add support for radiotap timestamp field Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03:00
mac80211: allow low-level drivers to set netdev feature bits Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be propagated to every netdev created from this HW. The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW checksumming. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-10 16:18:26 +03:00
mac80211: allow drivers to set default uAPSD parameters mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger- and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length. Allow drivers to change these default settings since different uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and be able to recover from some errors. Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are trigger- and delivery-enabled, see http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577. We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this bug any more. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-22 16:52:23 +02:00
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02:00
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02:00
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 15:21:13 +02:00
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02:00
mac80211: allow mac80211 drivers to get to struct ieee80211_hw from wiphy If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier(). Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-22 15:05:53 -08:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: allow mac80211 drivers to get to struct ieee80211_hw from wiphy If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier(). Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-22 15:05:53 -08:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: fix a few typos in mac80211 kernel doc Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: Make addr const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR() Make the addr parameter const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR() to save clients from having to cast away a const qualifier. Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-24 00:33:26 -08:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: Convert WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE When the control-rate tables are not set up correctly, it makes little sense to spam the logs, thus change the WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE. Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: add multi-rate retry support This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how many alternate rate selections the driver supports. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: use rate index in TX control This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers. This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that way in the future. The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02:00
mac80211: add helper to free TX skb Drivers that need to drop a frame before it can be transmitted will usually simply free that frame. This is currently fine, but in the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211 about this case, so add a new routine that frees a TX skb. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-04 11:18:10 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: clean up set_key callback The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a vif struct. Change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k] Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00] Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54] Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945] Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-29 12:55:09 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow drivers to control software crypto Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but mac80211 currently assumes that they do. This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the key setting refused. Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1. The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers that the driver can't actually do. While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02:00
Fix common misspellings Fixes generated by 'codespell' and manually reviewed. Signed-off-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03:00
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02:00
mac80211: fix a few typos in mac80211 kernel doc Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04:00
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02:00
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-30 11:36:39 +03:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: extend/document powersave API This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different flags: * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support * IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the various flags. Additionally, it fixes a few things: * a spot where && was used to test flags * enable CONF_PS only when associated again Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 18:28:20 +01:00
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02:00
mac80211: trivial spelling fixes Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc: s/issueing/issuing/g s/approriate/appropriate/g s/supported by simply/supported simply by/ s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-21 16:39:01 -04:00
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02:00
mac80211: extend/document powersave API This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different flags: * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support * IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the various flags. Additionally, it fixes a few things: * a spot where && was used to test flags * enable CONF_PS only when associated again Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 18:28:20 +01:00
mac80211: document powersaving/beacon filter future Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power. We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it, fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02:00
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02:00
mac80211: trivial spelling fixes Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc: s/issueing/issuing/g s/approriate/appropriate/g s/supported by simply/supported simply by/ s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-21 16:39:01 -04:00
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02:00
mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support, move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the fly if needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01:00
treewide: Fix typo in Documentation/DocBook This patch fix spelling typo in Documentation/DocBook. It is because .html and .xml files are generated by make htmldocs, I have to fix a typo within the source files. Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2014-02-18 22:54:36 +09:00
mac80211: improve powersave documentation There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02:00
mac80211: extend/document powersave API This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different flags: * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support * IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software * IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the various flags. Additionally, it fixes a few things: * a spot where && was used to test flags * enable CONF_PS only when associated again Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 18:28:20 +01:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments. The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments. Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent. Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2011-11-28 20:31:00 -08:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: document powersaving/beacon filter future Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power. We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it, fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02:00
mac80211: fix some sphinx warnings Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03:00
mac80211: document powersaving/beacon filter future Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power. We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it, fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 13:37:02 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: Extend filter flag documentation about unsupported flags This extends the filter flags documentation to make it clear what clearing a flag really means. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02:00
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01:00
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02:00
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01:00
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02:00
treewide: Fix typo in Documentation/DocBook This patch fix spelling typo in Documentation/DocBook. It is because .html and .xml files are generated by make htmldocs, I have to fix a typo within the source files. Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2014-02-18 22:54:36 +09:00
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02:00
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 21:38:08 +01:00
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02:00
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 21:38:08 +01:00
mac80211: handle MMPDUs at EOSP correctly If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate the service period with a frame that has EOSP set. Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01:00
mac80211: document client powersave With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering the powersave handling has gotten quite complex. Add a section to the documentation to explain it for anyone wanting to implement it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02:00
mac80211: add improved HW queue control mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue is full and then try to send an off-channel frame the frame will never go out. This will become worse when we support multi-channel since then a queue on one channel might be full, but we have to stop the software queue for all channels. That is obviously not desirable. To address this problem allow drivers to register more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue the corresponding AC software queues on the correct interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally, there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This allows drivers to manage software queues closer to how the hardware works. Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues. This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it as needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted, frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the monitor mode support should be used instead. Removing it removes a lot of corner cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-22 14:40:58 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: FIF_PSPOLL filter flag When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211 implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames. It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations reliably. The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode. And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other control ones, but only PS Poll ones. This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames". This flag is passed to the driver: A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode. B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in addition to it). Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04:00
mac80211: remove obsolete sentence from documentation FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS was removed in commit df1404650ccb ("mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC"). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 21:10:13 +02:00
mac80211: add probe request filter flag Using the frame registration notification, we can see when probe requests are requested and notify the low-level driver via filtering. The flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-13 12:06:24 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: FIF_PSPOLL filter flag When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211 implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames. It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations reliably. The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode. And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other control ones, but only PS Poll ones. This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames". This flag is passed to the driver: A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode. B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in addition to it). Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04:00
mac80211: add probe request filter flag Using the frame registration notification, we can see when probe requests are requested and notify the low-level driver via filtering. The flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-13 12:06:24 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx add low level driver API This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low level driver. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02:00
mac80211: fix spurious delBA handling Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211 was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up changing the order in which things were done -- this was commit d75636ef9c1af224f1097941879d5a8db7cd04e5 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100 mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session and other parts were already present in the original commit d92684e66091c0f0101819619b315b4bb8b5bcc5 Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200 mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE. The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a race window where crashes could happen before the driver accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers. For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it: 1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful about the session state; don't drop the lock 2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop even before the session was really started -- this is true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers (ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already. Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01:00
mac80211: remove non-irqsafe aggregation callbacks The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc, and can cause callbacks into the driver again. This might lead to locking issues, which will only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and change ath9k_htc to use those instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 10:21:40 +02:00
mac80211: fix spurious delBA handling Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211 was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up changing the order in which things were done -- this was commit d75636ef9c1af224f1097941879d5a8db7cd04e5 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100 mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session and other parts were already present in the original commit d92684e66091c0f0101819619b315b4bb8b5bcc5 Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200 mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE. The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a race window where crashes could happen before the driver accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers. For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it: 1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful about the session state; don't drop the lock 2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop even before the session was really started -- this is true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers (ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already. Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01:00
mac80211: split TX aggregation stop action When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few different cases: - connection with the peer was dropped - session stop was requested locally - session stop was requested by the peer - connection was dropped while a session is stopping The behaviour in these cases should be different, if the connection is dropped then the driver should drop all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of the peer requesting session stop. Split these different cases so that the driver can act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as aggregated packets any more. In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02:00
mac80211: unify and fix TX aggregation start When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps: 1) print a debug message 2) wake the virtual queue 3) notify the driver Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both places where TX aggregation can become operational. Additionally, rename the driver notification from IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-23 17:28:39 +01:00
mac80211: split TX aggregation stop action When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few different cases: - connection with the peer was dropped - session stop was requested locally - session stop was requested by the peer - connection was dropped while a session is stopping The behaviour in these cases should be different, if the connection is dropped then the driver should drop all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of the peer requesting session stop. Split these different cases so that the driver can act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as aggregated packets any more. In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx add low level driver API This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low level driver. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: split TX aggregation stop action When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few different cases: - connection with the peer was dropped - session stop was requested locally - session stop was requested by the peer - connection was dropped while a session is stopping The behaviour in these cases should be different, if the connection is dropped then the driver should drop all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of the peer requesting session stop. Split these different cases so that the driver can act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as aggregated packets any more. In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02:00
mac80211: unify and fix TX aggregation start When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps: 1) print a debug message 2) wake the virtual queue 3) notify the driver Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both places where TX aggregation can become operational. Additionally, rename the driver notification from IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-23 17:28:39 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx add low level driver API This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low level driver. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the station. Of course, make all drivers use it. To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities, so it can set up the new bandwidth field. If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use, also set the bandwidth accordingly. Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of the current setting. While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it really happens...) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: add supported rates change notification in IBSS In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if needed). This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but leave stations management to mac80211 Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> [Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-08-12 18:24:55 +02:00
mac80211: handle VHT operating mode notification Handle the operating mode notification action frame. When the supported streams or the bandwidth change let the driver and rate control algorithm know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-27 18:55:36 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: add supported rates change notification in IBSS In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if needed). This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but leave stations management to mac80211 Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> [Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-08-12 18:24:55 +02:00
mac80211: handle VHT operating mode notification Handle the operating mode notification action frame. When the supported streams or the bandwidth change let the driver and rate control algorithm know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-27 18:55:36 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02:00
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: dont allow fragmentation and requeuing on A-MPDU queues There really is no reason for a driver to reject a frame on an A-MPDU queue when it can stop that queue for any period of time and is given frames one by one. Hence, disallow it with a big warning and reduce mac80211-internal state. Also add a warning when we try to fragment a frame destined for an A-MPDU queue and drop it, the actual bug needs to be fixed elsewhere but I'm not exactly sure how to yet. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-17 00:57:13 +02:00
mac80211: transmit fragment list to drivers Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets much easier when they get the entire list of fragments at once. The only thing they need to do is keep enough space on the queues for up to ten fragments of a single MSDU. This allows them to implement this with a new operation tx_frags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-16 16:02:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211 takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never really had requirements on drivers for how they should use the workqueue in consideration for suspend. We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue: * ieee80211_queue_work() * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work() These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211 flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times, but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the suspend cycle. Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work in the mac80211 stop() callback. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 15:37:29 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to impose WoWLAN restrictions If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that if it does this, resume won't be called. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02:00
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 15:37:29 +02:00
mac80211: add some missing kernel-doc Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed during development. Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-09 10:31:09 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: fix a few typos in mac80211 kernel doc Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 12:35:58 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and punctuation differences. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 21:00:34 -05:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 22:39:50 +03:00
mac80211: remove kdoc references to IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in the recent revamp on beacon configuration. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-14 11:43:20 -07:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
mac80211: clean up set_key callback The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a vif struct. Change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k] Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00] Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54] Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945] Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-29 12:55:09 +01:00
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and punctuation differences. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 21:00:34 -05:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02:00
mac80211: fix update_tkip_key() documentation about the context Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all RX code is run inside rcu critical section. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02:00
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02:00
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 16:35:41 +02:00
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-30 11:36:39 +03:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
mac80211: disable power save when scanning When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that hardware will take care of that and document that assumption. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02:00
mac80211: pass all probe request IEs to driver Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass the locally generated ones as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-13 12:47:30 +03:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03:00
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event. Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-17 10:48:17 +01:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03:00
mac80211: Add software scan notifiers This adds optional notifier functions for software scan. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 22:24:31 +02:00
mac80211: Add software scan notifiers This adds optional notifier functions for software scan. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
mac80211: Add software scan notifiers This adds optional notifier functions for software scan. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01:00
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and punctuation differences. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 21:00:34 -05:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:12:41 +02:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 11:51:06 +02:00
mac80211: add a HW flag for supporting HW TX fragmentation Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set or not. However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation capability depending on HW generation. Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the callback. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> [added the flag to ath10k and wlcore] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-18 23:12:11 +03:00
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 11:51:06 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 13:59:58 +01:00
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-04 22:39:17 +01:00
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 13:59:58 +01:00
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05:30
mac80211: remove sta_remove_debugfs driver callback No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any to start with. Remove the dead driver callback. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02:00
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05:30
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 13:59:58 +01:00
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02:00
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54. Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely. Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback, so that we can update the filter state. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01:00
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01:00
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-04 22:39:17 +01:00
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: notify drivers on sta rate table changes This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211. Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"), that can be added if it turns out to be needed. This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be implemented using sta_statistics(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-17 11:35:23 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: make conf_tx non-atomic The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic requirement. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-08 11:05:09 +02:00
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and punctuation differences. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 21:00:34 -05:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: Generic TSF debugging This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs. Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-24 07:09:59 +01:00
mac80211: Remove TSF atomic requirement from the documentation The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work(). In the same context are called several other non-atomic functions, too. And the atomic requirement causes problems for drivers of USB wifi cards. Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
mac80211: Generic TSF debugging This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs. Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-24 07:09:59 +01:00
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02:00
mac80211: Remove TSF atomic requirement from the documentation The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work(). In the same context are called several other non-atomic functions, too. And the atomic requirement causes problems for drivers of USB wifi cards. Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: add offset_tsf driver op and use it for mesh This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in programming absolute TSF. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-28 16:56:28 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: document return codes from ops callbacks For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and punctuation differences. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 21:00:34 -05:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n configuration flows This patch configures the 802.11n mode of operation internally in ieee80211_conf structure and in the low-level driver as well (through op conf_ht). It does not include AP configuration flows. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02:00
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h: Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr' Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07:00
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01:00
cfg80211: introduce nl80211 testmode command This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and shouldn't be enabled in most kernels. The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode multicast group). I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement the testmode command. Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and the testmode command only serves as an example of how to use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their own internal fabrication and validation tools. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-01 21:26:51 +02:00
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 22:50:48 +01:00
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-04 23:57:41 +02:00
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 22:50:48 +01:00
mac80211: add vif to testmode cmd Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif if given and it's valid for the driver. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03:00
nl80211: add testmode dump support This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver to figure out where the dump position is at or to store other data across invocations. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-20 09:05:54 -07:00
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:32 +01:00
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 12:11:00 +01:00
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-27 11:30:29 +02:00
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 12:11:00 +01:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04:00
cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-24 14:34:41 +09:00
mac80211: add remain-on-channel docs Add documentation for the new callbacks that I forgot in the patch adding the callbacks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01:00
mac80211: do remain-on-channel while idle The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel period already started. Therefore, all drivers that use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all. Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so also remove that logic. Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02:00
mac80211: add remain-on-channel docs Add documentation for the new callbacks that I forgot in the patch adding the callbacks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01:00
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-07 16:19:18 -05:00
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-06 11:41:10 +05:30
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05:30
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 22:53:37 +03:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
treewide: Fix typo in Documentation/DocBook This patch fix spelling typo in Documentation/DocBook. It is because .html and .xml files are generated by make htmldocs, I have to fix a typo within the source files. Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2014-02-18 22:54:36 +09:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: reply only once to each PS-poll If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received) there is no way to detect that since it has no sequence number. As a consequence, the standard asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost). Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual. We could use separate flags, but that will most likely completely confuse drivers, and while the standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite problematic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:35 +02:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02:00
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:39 +02:00
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 21:38:08 +01:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:38 +02:00
mac80211: handle non-bufferable MMPDUs correctly This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but deauth, disassoc and action frames.) Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through but not set the flag so drivers supporting some hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would then reject the frame. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01:00
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:38 +02:00
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:39 +02:00
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 21:38:08 +01:00
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:38 +02:00
mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool. This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional stats for the ethtool API. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-23 12:50:31 -07:00
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02:00
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03:00
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 23:16:15 +05:30
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 23:16:15 +05:30
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 23:16:15 +05:30
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 23:16:15 +05:30
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 23:16:15 +05:30
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 14:33:12 +03:00
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 23:16:15 +05:30
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 14:33:12 +03:00
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 15:44:42 +02:00
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 19:18:13 +01:00
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02:00
mac80211: call restart complete at wowlan resume time When the driver's resume function can't completely restore the configuration in the device, it returns 1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW restart request, but done directly. In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete() function so it can finish the reconfiguration there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01:00
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information To be able to implement NS response offloading (in regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces. Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the driver when addresses change. Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is more flexible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action frames or probe_responses. Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa() functions accordingly. With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately, instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish(). To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the next TBTT. Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c, where it makes more sense. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action frames or probe_responses. Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa() functions accordingly. With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately, instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish(). To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the next TBTT. Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c, where it makes more sense. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action frames or probe_responses. Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa() functions accordingly. With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately, instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish(). To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the next TBTT. Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c, where it makes more sense. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02:00
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03:00
scripts/spelling.txt: add "an user" pattern and fix typo instances Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt: an user||a user an userspace||a userspace I also added "userspace" to the list since it is a common word in Linux. I found some instances for "an userfaultfd", but I did not add it to the list. I felt it is endless to find words that start with "user" such as "userland" etc., so must draw a line somewhere. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-4-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-02-27 14:28:47 -08:00
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03:00
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:38 +03:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-19 18:48:41 +02:00
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02:00
mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities, channel settings, antenna configuration, etc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix tracing compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-26 00:32:53 +02:00
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02:00
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02:00
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03:00
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:19 +03:00
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX station pointer and restructure TX Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming Transmit Power Control (TPC). Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method. Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [reworded commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-23 21:33:42 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 15:37:29 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed. Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-04 15:05:25 +02:00
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 15:37:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 12:35:58 +02:00
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: introduce hw config change flags This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration actually changed, e.g. channel etc. No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are expected to act on this if they want to. Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often we configure something else. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-09 12:18:51 +02:00
mac80211: add unified BSS configuration This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode. This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback when the BSS configuration changes. This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following new features: * drivers are notified of their association AID * drivers are notified of association status and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does the relevant driver updates for the latter change. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01:00
mac80211: sync driver before TX In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might have periods of time where it is not available due to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it and send frames to the GO only when it is available add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike the actual TX. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02:00
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 15:44:42 +02:00
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02:00
net: convert multicast list to list_head Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list. +uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global" variant) instead of a function parameter. +removes dev_mcast.c completely. +exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:57 +00:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02:00
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 22:39:50 +03:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: remove crypto algorithm typedef The typedef is not required, we can just use "enum ieee80211_key_alg" instead of "ieee80211_key_alg" Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:21 -04:00
mac80211: clean up set_key callback The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a vif struct. Change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k] Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00] Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54] Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945] Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-29 12:55:09 +01:00
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
mac80211: allows driver to request a Phase 1 RX key This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP decryption. This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves (i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW, if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new phase 1 RX key. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02:00
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01:00
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 16:35:41 +02:00
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-30 11:36:39 +03:00
mac80211: give virtual interface to hw_scan When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan on the correct virtual interface. All drivers that currently implement hw_scan only support a single virtual interface, but that may change and then we'd want to be ready. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02:00
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 15:21:13 +02:00
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-13 12:47:30 +03:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03:00
mac80211: split sched scan IEs Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command, instead of per band. This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version). As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the split data. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-06 16:15:23 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event. Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-17 10:48:17 +01:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 22:24:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 18:12:41 +02:00
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 11:51:06 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 13:59:58 +01:00
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05:30
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01:00
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-04 22:39:17 +01:00
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02:00
mac80211: notify drivers on sta rate table changes This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01:00
mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211. Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"), that can be added if it turns out to be needed. This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be implemented using sta_statistics(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-17 11:35:23 +01:00
mac80211: pass vif param to conf_tx() callback tx params should be configured per interface. add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback, and change all the drivers that use this callback. The following spatch was used: @rule1@ struct ieee80211_ops ops; identifier conf_tx_op; @@ ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op; @rule2@ identifier rule1.conf_tx_op; identifier hw, queue, params; @@ conf_tx_op ( - struct ieee80211_hw *hw, + struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 queue, const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...} Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-02 10:15:52 +02:00
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 11:04:24 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 14:06:11 +03:00
mac80211: add offset_tsf driver op and use it for mesh This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in programming absolute TSF. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-28 16:56:28 -07:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 14:06:11 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: fix documentation warnings For a few restructured text warnings in mac80211, making the documentation warning-free (for now). In order to not add trailing whitespace, but also not introduce too much noise into this change, move just the affected docs into inline comments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-13 11:12:01 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx add low level driver API This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low level driver. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02:00
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:38 +01:00
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02:00
mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim. For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially not a magically conjured one :-) Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 10:23:57 +02:00
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02:00
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-04 23:57:41 +02:00
cfg80211: introduce nl80211 testmode command This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and shouldn't be enabled in most kernels. The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode multicast group). I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement the testmode command. Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and the testmode command only serves as an example of how to use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their own internal fabrication and validation tools. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-01 21:26:51 +02:00
mac80211: add vif to testmode cmd Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif if given and it's valid for the driver. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03:00
nl80211: add testmode dump support This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver to figure out where the dump position is at or to store other data across invocations. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-20 09:05:54 -07:00
cfg80211: introduce nl80211 testmode command This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and shouldn't be enabled in most kernels. The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode multicast group). I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement the testmode command. Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and the testmode command only serves as an example of how to use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their own internal fabrication and validation tools. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-01 21:26:51 +02:00
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-27 11:30:29 +02:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:40 +03:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 12:50:56 +09:00
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 17:20:47 +01:00
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 17:05:09 +02:00
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 17:20:47 +01:00
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02:00
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 17:20:47 +01:00
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-07 16:19:18 -05:00
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-06 11:41:10 +05:30
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05:30
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 23:23:34 +02:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:38 +02:00
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:32 +02:00
mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool. This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional stats for the ethtool API. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-23 12:50:31 -07:00
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02:00
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03:00
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02:00
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 14:33:12 +03:00
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 19:18:13 +01:00
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information To be able to implement NS response offloading (in regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces. Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the driver when addresses change. Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is more flexible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03:00
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-19 18:48:41 +02:00
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 09:48:38 +03:00
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-19 18:48:41 +02:00
mac80211: Add ieee80211_hw pointer to get_expected_throughput The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked. This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and it does make sense to have the hw pointer here. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> [rewrite commit message, fix indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-04 15:43:04 +03:00
mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities, channel settings, antenna configuration, etc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix tracing compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-26 00:32:53 +02:00
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02:00
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02:00
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02:00
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-19 10:11:54 +01:00
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02:00
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03:00
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:19 +03:00
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name. This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control over virtual radio creation/deletion. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:23:01 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name. This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control over virtual radio creation/deletion. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:23:01 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name. This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control over virtual radio creation/deletion. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:23:01 -07:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name. This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control over virtual radio creation/deletion. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:23:01 -07:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: add documentation book Quite a while ago I started this book. The required kernel-doc patches have since gone into the tree so it is now possible to build the book in mainline. The actual documentation is still rather incomplete and not all things are linked into the book, but this enables us to edit the documentation collaboratively, hopefully driver authors can add documentation based on their experience with mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-26 14:34:06 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:58:45 +01:00
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:59:23 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-23 12:09:01 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-23 12:09:01 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-23 12:09:01 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: Add radio led trigger Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes. v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start(). Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: Add radio led trigger Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes. v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start(). Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01:00
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-23 12:09:01 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add association LED trigger Many devices have LEDs to indicate the link status. Export this functionality to drivers. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-27 15:10:44 +02:00
mac80211: Add radio led trigger Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes. v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start(). Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: Add radio led trigger Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes. v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start(). Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01:00
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-23 12:09:01 +02:00
mac80211: Add radio led trigger Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes. v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start(). Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add association LED trigger Many devices have LEDs to indicate the link status. Export this functionality to drivers. Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-27 15:10:44 +02:00
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:58:45 +01:00
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:59:23 +01:00
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:58:45 +01:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:58:45 +01:00
mac80211: make LED trigger names const This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const as they're not expected to be modified by drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-23 12:09:01 +02:00
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:59:23 +01:00
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:58:45 +01:00
mac80211: selective throughput LED trigger active The throughput LED trigger was always active when the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to be only active when one of the virtual interfaces is actually "connected" in some way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:59:23 +01:00
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 08:58:45 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add hardware restart function Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information, etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let mac80211 help them. The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02:00
mac80211: add NAPI support back NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in commit 4e6cbfd09c66 in July 2010), but then removed years later (by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6c7 in February 2013). No driver ever used it, so that was fine. Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive(). Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when NAPI support was removed. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01:00
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-11 16:02:32 +02:00
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04:00
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-11 16:02:32 +02:00
mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band from their device, which station transmitted a given RX frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211 to save the extra lookup. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-31 20:02:02 +03:00
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-11 16:02:32 +02:00
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04:00
mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band from their device, which station transmitted a given RX frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211 to save the extra lookup. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-31 20:02:02 +03:00
mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by mac80211-based hardware drivers. Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni() ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This function must be used when in process context. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03:00
mac80211: fix spurious RCU warning and update documentation Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-03 10:01:03 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni() ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This function must be used when in process context. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03:00
mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx() and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same time. It may be possible to remove this requirement after a careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet processing to process context in mac80211, instead of to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-11 15:10:40 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-11 16:02:32 +02:00
mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band from their device, which station transmitted a given RX frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211 to save the extra lookup. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-31 20:02:02 +03:00
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-11 16:02:32 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni() ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This function must be used when in process context. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03:00
mac80211: fix spurious RCU warning and update documentation Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-03 10:01:03 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni() ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This function must be used when in process context. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03:00
mac80211: fix spurious RCU warning and update documentation Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-03 10:01:03 +02:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_rx_ni() ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This function must be used when in process context. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03:00
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02:00
mac80211: allow software PS-Poll/U-APSD with AP_LINK_PS When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order, and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now. In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used. To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger() and ieee80211_sta_pspoll(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03:00
mac80211: allow the driver not to pass the tid to ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly. Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211 assume that a trigger frame was received. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03:00
mac80211: allow software PS-Poll/U-APSD with AP_LINK_PS When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order, and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now. In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used. To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger() and ieee80211_sta_pspoll(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03:00
mac80211: Add define for TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself. Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value. This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom in the most efficient manner. Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-04 23:46:54 +01:00
mac80211: Populate radiotap header with MCS info for TX frames mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback lack this information. Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors. The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-11 18:08:55 +02:00
mac80211: Add define for TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself. Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value. This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom in the most efficient manner. Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-04 23:46:54 +01:00
mac80211: add a function for setting the TIM bit for a specific station This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211 to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for it. This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering, in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep track of the Block-ACK window. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02:00
mac80211: let drivers inform it about per TID buffered frames For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus, mac80211 needs to be informed about this. For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the TIM bit to be set. ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do that anyway since there's no way to selectively release frames to the peer yet. Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will then sort out the AC mapping itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:26 +02:00
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>: Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies ' Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-05-22 17:22:45 -07:00
mac80211: let drivers inform it about per TID buffered frames For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus, mac80211 needs to be informed about this. For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the TIM bit to be set. ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do that anyway since there's no way to selectively release frames to the peer yet. Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will then sort out the AC mapping itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:26 +02:00
mac80211: add a function for setting the TIM bit for a specific station This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211 to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for it. This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering, in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep track of the Block-ACK window. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02:00
mac80211: let drivers inform it about per TID buffered frames For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus, mac80211 needs to be informed about this. For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the TIM bit to be set. ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do that anyway since there's no way to selectively release frames to the peer yet. Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will then sort out the AC mapping itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:26 +02:00
mac80211: add a function for setting the TIM bit for a specific station This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211 to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for it. This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering, in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep track of the Block-ACK window. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: Dynamically set CoDel parameters per station CoDel can be too aggressive if a station sends at a very low rate, leading reduced throughput. This gets worse the more stations are present, as each station gets more bursty the longer the round-robin scheduling between stations takes. This adds dynamic adjustment of CoDel parameters per station. It uses the rate selection information to estimate throughput and sets more lenient CoDel parameters if the estimated throughput is below a threshold (modified by the number of active stations). A new callback is added that drivers can use to notify mac80211 about changes in expected throughput, so the same adjustment can be made for cards that implement rate control in firmware. Drivers that don't use this will just get the default parameters. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [remove currently unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL, fix kernel-doc, remove inline annotation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 16:49:23 +01:00
mac80211: fix spurious RCU warning and update documentation Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-03 10:01:03 +02:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_ext This allows the driver to pass in struct ieee80211_tx_status directly. Make ieee80211_tx_status_noskb a wrapper around it. As with ieee80211_tx_status_noskb, there is no _ni variant of this call, because it probably won't be needed. Even if the driver won't provide any extra status info other than what's in struct ieee80211_tx_info already, it can optimize status reporting this way by passing in the station pointer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [use C99 initializers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 17:11:37 +02:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_noskb This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information onto specific skbs. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_ext This allows the driver to pass in struct ieee80211_tx_status directly. Make ieee80211_tx_status_noskb a wrapper around it. As with ieee80211_tx_status_noskb, there is no _ni variant of this call, because it probably won't be needed. Even if the driver won't provide any extra status info other than what's in struct ieee80211_tx_info already, it can optimize status reporting this way by passing in the station pointer. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [use C99 initializers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 17:11:37 +02:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_noskb This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information onto specific skbs. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01:00
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 16:49:23 +01:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages. To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni() which can be called from process context, and call it from rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver flag is introduced. Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-30 16:49:23 +01:00
mac80211: clarify use of TX status/RX callbacks This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe functions and their respective locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:41 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: allow low level drivers to report packet loss Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the low level driver about these events. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-18 14:22:28 +03:00
mac80211: Handle the CSA counters correctly Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03:00
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:49 +03:00
mac80211: fix csa_counter_offs argument name in docbook The csa_counter_offs was erroneously described as csa_offs in the docbook section. This fixes two warnings when making htmldocs (at least): Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:3428): No description found for parameter 'csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM]' Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:3428): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'csa_offs' description in 'ieee80211_mutable_offsets' Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-15 20:32:08 +03:00
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:49 +03:00
mac80211: Handle the CSA counters correctly Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03:00
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:49 +03:00
mac80211: Handle the CSA counters correctly Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03:00
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:49 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:49 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
mac80211: Provide ieee80211_beacon_get_template API Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets to TIM IE for MESH interface. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:49 +03:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: introduce ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small static inline wrapper around the new one to not break all drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-29 08:30:35 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: Handle the CSA counters correctly Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action frames or probe_responses. Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa() functions accordingly. With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately, instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish(). To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the next TBTT. Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c, where it makes more sense. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: only set CSA beacon when at least one beacon must be transmitted A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action frames or probe_responses. Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa() functions accordingly. With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately, instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish(). To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the next TBTT. Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c, where it makes more sense. Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 16:09:06 +02:00
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a template. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-10 11:28:57 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: Save probe response data for bss Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a template. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-10 11:28:57 +02:00
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:19 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:19 +02:00
mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this. Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK with that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01:00
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:19 +02:00
mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this. Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK with that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01:00
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:19 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:19 +02:00
mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this. Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK with that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01:00
mac80211: add functions to create PS Poll and Nullfunc templates Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211, that way all drivers can benefit from this. Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get() which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible for updating the templates after each association. Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:19 +02:00
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 22:24:31 +02:00
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02:00
mac80211: remove probe response temporary buffer allocation Instead of allocating a temporary buffer to build IEs build them right into the SKB. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01:00
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 22:24:31 +02:00
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02:00
mac80211: remove probe response temporary buffer allocation Instead of allocating a temporary buffer to build IEs build them right into the SKB. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01:00
mac80211: create Probe Request template Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which creates the template and drivers send it to hardware. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: add some missing kernel-doc Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed during development. Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-09 10:31:09 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: dont use interface indices in drivers This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and contains a variable length driver-use data area. This has two advantages: * removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better for working with network namespaces and performance * allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without having to allocate own lists/hash tables Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:26 +01:00
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-15 12:55:29 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: allow driver to generate P1K for IV32 In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given packet, but keep the packet-based version around as an inline. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 18:58:01 +02:00
mac80211: get a TKIP phase key from skb This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb. The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key. This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their HW to enable HW encryption. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02:00
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to generate P1K for IV32 In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given packet, but keep the packet-based version around as an inline. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 18:58:01 +02:00
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver access to TKIP RX P1K When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to generate it. The generation uses a dummy on-stack context since it doesn't know the RX queue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-13 19:50:34 +02:00
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02:00
mac80211: get a TKIP phase key from skb This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb. The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key. This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their HW to enable HW encryption. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02:00
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02:00
mac80211: get a TKIP phase key from skb This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb. The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key. This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their HW to enable HW encryption. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02:00
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02:00
mac80211: get a TKIP phase key from skb This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb. The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key. This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their HW to enable HW encryption. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-20 15:06:41 +02:00
mac80211: fix TKIP races, make API easier to use Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX since we can process multiple packets at the same time on different ACs, but they all share the TX context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc. Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as well, but there's no guarantee that packets are really processed in order. To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX context. This first step makes sure that we don't assign the same IV multiple times or get confused in other ways. Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and if different from the last time, then a new P1K is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation to flip back and forth if packets are processed out of order. All this also happens under the new spinlock. Finally, because there are argument differences, split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() and give them the correct arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02:00
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 16:35:41 +02:00
mac80211: move TKIP TX IVs to public part of key struct Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC). Specifically, this is needed when the device does offloading at certain times, and the driver has to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from the host) are synchronized with IVs that were potentially used during the offloading. Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the public part of the key struct, and export a function to add the IV right into the crypto header. The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32 when needed. Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken directly from the frame, we can safely remove iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-14 13:56:35 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to access key sequence counter In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it about all those counters, we need to be able to get them from mac80211, this adds the required API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02:00
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to access key sequence counter In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it about all those counters, we need to be able to get them from mac80211, this adds the required API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02:00
mac80211: add APIs to allow keeping connections after WoWLAN In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's not sufficient. If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying) that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for that. If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()). If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-07 20:11:55 +02:00
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02:00
mac80211: add APIs to allow keeping connections after WoWLAN In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's not sufficient. If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying) that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for that. If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()). If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-07 20:11:55 +02:00
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 16:35:41 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_queue_stopped) This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query queue status Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-24 21:02:04 +03:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_queue_stopped) This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query queue status Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-24 21:02:04 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: allow scan to complete from any context The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had to make sure to call it without any locks held, which frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid that problem by allowing the function to be called in any context, and queueing the actual work it does. Also update the documentation for it to indicate this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-26 13:30:26 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: Add support for beacon report radio measurement Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement with the measurement mode field set to passive or active: 1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device 2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF) 3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF) TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to. Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> [changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match the new API] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03:00
[PATCH] mac80211: document a lot more This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format) to include/net/mac80211.h Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04:00
mac80211: Add support for beacon report radio measurement Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement with the measurement mode field set to passive or active: 1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device 2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF) 3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF) TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to. Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> [changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match the new API] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: allow iterating inactive interfaces Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty". Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag. This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive APIs remains the same. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:15 +02:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: allow iterating inactive interfaces Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty". Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag. This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive APIs remains the same. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:15 +02:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: allow iterating inactive interfaces Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty". Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag. This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive APIs remains the same. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:15 +02:00
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to mac80211. As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks, the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-09 01:57:29 +01:00
mac80211: fix lots of kernel-doc Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation. Fix a few typos also. Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description corrected. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07:00
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to mac80211. As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks, the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-09 01:57:29 +01:00
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to mac80211. As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks, the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-09 01:57:29 +01:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02:00
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to mac80211. As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks, the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-09 01:57:29 +01:00
mac80211: allow iterating inactive interfaces Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty". Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag. This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive APIs remains the same. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-01 09:10:15 +02:00
mac80211: provide interface iterator for drivers Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to mac80211. As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks, the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-09 01:57:29 +01:00
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02:00
mac80211: clarify interface iteration and make it configurable During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it, but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable it. Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 20:23:30 +01:00
mac80211: Add RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces Since commit e38bad4766a110b61fa6038f10be16ced8c6cc38 mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware). This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock, and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name: ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic() So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(). Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically fix the USB rt2x00 drivers. v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl() If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after (WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This is what the iwlmvm driver does. Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above can no longer hold their own lock while iterating. To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl() function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency isn't introduced. While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and keep only a single implementation called by the various cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-21 22:07:20 +02:00
mac80211: expose API allowing station iteration Allow drivers to iterate all stations currently uploaded to them. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 12:30:59 +03:00
mac80211: redefine usage of the mac80211 workqueue The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211 takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never really had requirements on drivers for how they should use the workqueue in consideration for suspend. We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue: * ieee80211_queue_work() * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work() These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211 flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times, but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the suspend cycle. Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work in the mac80211 stop() callback. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:38 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: Add timeout to BA session start API Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead. The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc drivers. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05:30
mac80211.h: fix kernel-doc excesses Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places. Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-27 09:47:03 -07:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: Add timeout to BA session start API Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead. The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc drivers. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05:30
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: remove non-irqsafe aggregation callbacks The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc, and can cause callbacks into the driver again. This might lead to locking issues, which will only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and change ath9k_htc to use those instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 10:21:40 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:38 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:38 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211.h: fix kernel-doc excesses Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places. Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session' Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-27 09:47:03 -07:00
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session There's no sense in letting anything but internal mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT is only valid when we have received a frame from the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211. The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session There's no sense in letting anything but internal mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT is only valid when we have received a frame from the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211. The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: remove non-irqsafe aggregation callbacks The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc, and can cause callbacks into the driver again. This might lead to locking issues, which will only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and change ath9k_htc to use those instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 10:21:40 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:38 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add session's and low level driver's API This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow: - request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself or external element. - requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation. notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number. - async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for next A-MPDU Tx state. Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-28 14:07:15 +02:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs. The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to account for transmitted SKBs. This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the same AP but different local addresses. The method name is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs. The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to account for transmitted SKBs. This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the same AP but different local addresses. The method name is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs. The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to account for transmitted SKBs. This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the same AP but different local addresses. The method name is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs. The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to account for transmitted SKBs. This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the same AP but different local addresses. The method name is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs. The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to account for transmitted SKBs. This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the same AP but different local addresses. The method name is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_find_sta per virtual interface Since we have a TODO item to make all station management dependent on virtual interfaces, I figured I'd start with pushing such a change to drivers before more drivers start using the ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and cause us grief later on. For now continue exporting the old API in form of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage its use strongly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:39 +02:00
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 21:38:08 +01:00
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:39 +02:00
mac80211: provide ieee80211_sta_eosp() The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function. Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface, use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe() version, remove that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 21:38:08 +01:00
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 16:04:39 +02:00
mac80211: allow the driver to send EOSP when needed This can happen when the driver needs to send less frames than expected and then needs to close the SP. Mac80211 still needs to set the more_data properly based on its buffer state (ps_tx_buffer and buffered frames on other TIDs). To that end, refactor the code that delivers frames upon uAPSD trigger frames to be able to get only the more_data bit without actually delivering those frames in case the driver is just asking to set a NDP with EOSP and MORE_DATA bit properly set. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-11-17 10:24:36 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to iterate keys When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto offload differently (more features), and might require reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 16:35:39 +02:00
mac80211: let key iteration get keys in install order ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in the backward order they were installed in, which is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the key list to make sure iterations go in the same order that keys were originally installed in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-13 19:50:53 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to iterate keys When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto offload differently (more features), and might require reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 16:35:39 +02:00
mac80211: add atomic uploaded keys iterator add ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu() to iterate over uploaded keys in atomic context (when rcu is locked) The station removal code removes the keys only after calling synchronize_net(), so it's not safe to iterate the keys at this point (and postponing the actual key deletion with call_rcu() might result in some badly-ordered ops calls). Add a flag to indicate a station is being removed, and skip the configured keys if it's set. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-11-17 10:24:37 +02:00
mac80211: add channel context iterator Drivers may need to iterate the active channel contexts, export an iterator function to allow that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list functions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 17:57:42 +02:00
mac80211: fix channel context iteration During suspend/resume channel contexts might be iterated even if they haven't been re-added to the driver, keep track of this and skip them in iteration. Also use the new status for sanity checks. Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-13 17:42:30 +01:00
mac80211: add channel context iterator Drivers may need to iterate the active channel contexts, export an iterator function to allow that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list functions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 17:57:42 +02:00
mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss, for example.) For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also the supported rate IE's. This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: Add function to get probe request template for current AP Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss, for example.) For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also the supported rate IE's. This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: remove struct ieee80211_if_init_conf All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic patch: @@ identifier conf, fn, hw; type tp; @@ tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, -struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf) +struct ieee80211_vif *vif) { <... ( -conf->type +vif->type | -conf->mac_addr +vif->addr | -conf->vif +vif ) ...> } Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:45 +01:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-19 07:14:53 +02:00
mac80211: add beacon filtering support Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:35 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-19 07:14:53 +02:00
mac80211: make beacon filtering per virtual interface Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces. To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface driver capability flags that the driver sets when an interface is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:57 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-19 07:14:53 +02:00
mac80211: always allow calling ieee80211_connection_loss() With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery (after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To make that possible, modify the work function to not rely on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new state kept in the interface instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-29 13:13:50 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo. The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending probe-requests to the AP. Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the hardware. Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-19 07:14:53 +02:00
mac80211: allow driver to disconnect after resume In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and similar information from the device upon resume, or if the device isn't responsive due to platform issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time could be replayed against it. The only protection against that is disconnecting from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while it is resuming would be very complex and invasive in the case that the driver requires a reconfig, so do it after it has resumed completely. In that case, however, packets might be replayed since it can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent or received with those keys. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-12 12:30:59 +02:00
mac80211: Add interface for driver to temporarily disable dynamic ps This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs, the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT. In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep. Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and will send another indication when the traffic is over. The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping. This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as described above. In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled, Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT state, and is best done in user-space. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-21 08:59:39 +03:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: make CQM RSSI support per virtual interface Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch, make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that the driver set for virtual interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-19 09:29:58 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01:00
mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis values to the hardware if the hardware supports IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM. For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211 is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be added later, if needed. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02:00
cfg80211: clean up beacon loss CQM event Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly, but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet. Move the event to its own function call internally and to its own event attribute in nl80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-26 12:42:02 +01:00
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-08 18:16:20 +01:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 16:20:57 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to request SM PS mode change Sometimes drivers have more information than the stack about how their antennas/chains are used, and may require that the SM PS mode be changed. This could happen, for example, when detecting that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this patch introduces API to allow drivers to request SM PS mode changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02:00
mac80211: fix docbook Fix a small problem in the documentation for ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no longer exists after the change to ciphers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02:00
mac80211: allow drivers to request SM PS mode change Sometimes drivers have more information than the stack about how their antennas/chains are used, and may require that the SM PS mode be changed. This could happen, for example, when detecting that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this patch introduces API to allow drivers to request SM PS mode changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02:00
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 17:20:47 +01:00
mac80211: Stop BA session event from device Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms. In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP). In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation. Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions. Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-22 16:10:21 +03:00
mac80211: add API to allow filtering frames in BA sessions If any frames are dropped that are part of a BA session, the reorder buffer will "indefinitely" (until the timeout) wait for them to come in (or a BAR moving the window) and won't release frames after them. This means it isn't possible to filter frames within a BA session in firmware. Introduce an API function that allows such filtering. Calling this function will move the BA window forward to the new SSN, and allows marking frames after the SSN as having been filtered, so any future reordering activity will release frames while skipping the holes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-01-28 16:19:25 +02:00
mac80211: make ieee80211_send_bar available for drivers To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with the BlockAckReq frame. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-20 15:53:55 +02:00
mac80211: add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it, rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03:00
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-05-30 16:34:46 +02:00
mac80211: add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it, rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03:00
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-05-30 16:34:46 +02:00
mac80211: add support for Rx reordering offloading Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware) including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may otherwise require Rx reordering assistance. The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device driver has taken care of the necessary negotiations. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [fix endian bug] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02:00
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-05-30 16:34:46 +02:00
mac80211: add support for Rx reordering offloading Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware) including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may otherwise require Rx reordering assistance. The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device driver has taken care of the necessary negotiations. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [fix endian bug] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02:00
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-05-30 16:34:46 +02:00
mac80211: add support for Rx reordering offloading Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware) including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may otherwise require Rx reordering assistance. The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device driver has taken care of the necessary negotiations. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [fix endian bug] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02:00
mac80211: add api to start ba session timer expired flow Some drivers handle rx buffer reordering internally (and by extension handle also the rx ba session timer internally), but do not ofload the addba/delba negotiation. Add an api for these drivers to properly tear-down the ba session, including sending a delba. Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2017-07-11 10:07:25 +03:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: update ieee80211_tx_rate_control kerneldoc * add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask * fix order of entries to represent the structs' order Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: update ieee80211_tx_rate_control kerneldoc * add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask * fix order of entries to represent the structs' order Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01:00
mac80211: fix and optimize MCS mask handling Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out. Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is set to default or not. Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate mask in txrc instead of using memcpy. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02:00
mac80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting which rates can be used in TX rate control. Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled. The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained (but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be removed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-06 13:09:08 +02:00
mac80211: fix and optimize MCS mask handling Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out. Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is set to default or not. Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate mask in txrc instead of using memcpy. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02:00
mac80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211/rc80211: add chandef to rate initialization 5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width, add the chandef to the rate control API. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: Extend the rate control API with an update callback The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width, in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm. Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-12 11:38:37 +05:30
mac80211/rc80211: add chandef to rate initialization 5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width, add the chandef to the rate control API. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02:00
mac80211: remove channel type argument from rate_update The channel type argument to the rate_update() callback isn't really the correct way to give the rate control algorithm about the desired RX bandwidth of the peer. Remove this argument, and instead update the STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The SMPS update done by this callback works in the same way, so this makes the callback cleaner. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 10:58:37 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: make rate control tx status API more extensible Rename .tx_status_noskb to .tx_status_ext and pass a new on-stack struct ieee80211_tx_status instead of struct ieee80211_tx_info. This struct can be used to pass extra information, e.g. for dynamic tx power control Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control, most drivers don't support that though. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-10-21 12:40:02 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: add helper for management / no-ack frame rate decision All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211 for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code. Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their gate_rate() mac80211 callback. Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org> Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz> Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-16 10:05:41 -07:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: warn only once about not finding a rate The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we find the reason why it does don't spew it all the time, just once is enough to know we've hit it. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-04 18:07:43 +01:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: warn only once about not finding a rate The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we find the reason why it does don't spew it all the time, just once is enough to know we've hit it. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-04 18:07:43 +01:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: drop frames for sta with no valid rate When we're associated we should be able to send data to target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-16 10:15:09 -07:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: improve the rate control API Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211 and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi. When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 16:14:41 +02:00
mac80211: make rate control ops const Change the code to allow making all the rate control ops const, nothing ever needs to change them. Also change all drivers to make use of this and mark the ops const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-20 23:29:34 +01:00
mac80211: clean up rate control API Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of net/mac80211/. There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking, we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control algorithm or via new API. Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02:00
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 16:26:57 +01:00
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 16:26:57 +01:00
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 16:26:57 +01:00
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 16:26:57 +01:00
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08:00
mac80211: Update conf_is_ht() to work properly with 5/10MHz channels The channels with 5/10MHz bandwidth are not HT. We have to reflect this in conf_is_ht() function which returns whether the particular channel is HT or not. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-02 15:31:55 +02:00
mac80211: add HT conf helpers In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small helpers to let drivers figure that out. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08:00
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02:00
mac80211: provide interface to driver to set VHT MU-MIMO data Provide an interface to the lower level driver to set the VHT MU-MIMO data. This is needed for example when there is an update of the group data during low power state, where the management frame will not be passed to the host at all. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-16 12:48:17 +02:00
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 08:46:22 -07:00
mac80211: standardize adding supported rates IEs Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-28 14:12:51 +03:00
mac80211: declare ieee80211_ave_rssi as EXPORT ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-20 11:57:00 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: declare ieee80211_ave_rssi as EXPORT ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-20 11:57:00 -07:00
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01:00
mac80211: declare ieee80211_ave_rssi as EXPORT ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-20 11:57:00 -07:00
mac80211: add function retrieve average rssi Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07:00
cfg80211/mac80211: support reporting wakeup reason When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through in mac80211) to allow userspace to know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb() helper function This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or ieee80211_nullfunc_get. This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but need rate control information to be prepared first. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-14 18:01:00 +02:00
mac80211: add helper functions for tracking P2P NoA state Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-16 21:49:14 +01:00
mac80211: add API to request TDLS operation from userspace Write a mac80211 to the cfg80211 API for requesting a userspace TDLS operation. Define TDLS specific reason codes that can be used here. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 17:18:25 +03:00
mac80211: export IE splitting function Export ieee80211_ie_split function, so it can be reused by drivers which need to insert additional elements. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 15:22:49 +03:00
mac80211: synchronously reserve TID per station In TDLS (e.g., TDLS off-channel) there is a requirement for some drivers to supply an unused TID between the AP and the device to the FW, to allow sending PTI requests and to allow the FW to aggregate on a specific TID for better throughput. To ensure that the allocated TID is indeed unused, this patch introduces an API for blocking the driver from TXing on that TID. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 13:47:38 +02:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-19 10:11:54 +01:00
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 21:30:37 +01:00
mac80211: expose txq queue depth and size to drivers This will allow drivers to make more educated decisions whether to defer transmission or not. Relying on wake_tx_queue() call count implicitly was not possible because it could be called without queued frame count actually changing on software tx aggregation start/stop code paths. It was also not possible to know how long byte-wise queue was without dequeueing. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-01-27 15:26:12 +01:00
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03:00
mac80211: Add API to report NAN function match Provide an API to report NAN function match. Mac80211 will lookup the corresponding cookie and report the match to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03:00
[MAC80211]: Add mac80211 wireless stack. Add mac80211, the IEEE 802.11 software MAC layer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-05-05 11:45:53 -07:00